»0i ^^>^^o. IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-S) {/ J 4is *<'/ W /i 1.0 I.I 1.25 M 112.5 M 1.8 i-4 III 1.6 / .^ ''W c^l ^> •^^ m ^-^ # Photographic Sciences Curpordtion 33 WRST MAIN STRUT WIftSTIR K.Y. t4S0O (7161 873-4503 m i m^ :\ iV \ "^ ^^^ \ '••^ CIHM/ICMH Microfiche CIHIVI/ICMH Collection de microfiches. Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques Technical and Bibliographic Notes/Notes techniques et bibliographiques The Institute has attempted to obtain the best original copy available for filming. Features of this copy which may be bibliographically unique, which may alter any of the images in the reproduction, or which may significantly change the usual method of filming, are checked below. Coloured covers/ Couverture de coulaur I I Covers damaged/ Couverture endommagda Covers restored and/or laminated/ Couverture restaurde et/ou pellicul^e Cover title missing/ Le titre de couverture manque Coloured maps/ Cartes giographiques en couleur Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/ Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bisue ou noire) I I Coloured plates and/ar illustrations/ D n Planches et/ou illustrations on couleur Bound with other material/ ReliA avec d'autres documents Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion along interior margin/ Lareliure serr^e peut causer de Tombre ou de la distorsion le long de la marge intdrieure Blank leaves added dur.ng restoration may appear within the text. Whenever possible, these have been omitted from filming/ II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajouties lors duns restauration apparaissent dans le taxta, mais, lorsque cela italt possible, ces pages n'ont pas 4td filmies. Additional comments:/ Commentaires supplAmentaires; L'Institut a microfilm^ le meilleur exemplaire qu'il lui a 6X6 possible de se procurer. Les details de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-dtre uniques du point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier une linage reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une modification dans la mithode normale de filmage sont indiqu6s ci-dessous. I 1 Coloured pages/ Pages de couleur Pages damaged/ Pages endommagdes Pages restored and/oi Pages restaur^es et/ou pelliculies Pages discoloured, stained or foxe< Pages d^colories, tachet^es ou piqu^es Pages detached/ Pages ditachdes Showthrough/ Transparence Quality of prir Quality inigale de I'impression Includes supplementary mateirit Comprend du matdriel suppl^mentaire Only edition available/ Seula Mition disponible r~n Pages damaged/ I I Pages restored and/or laminated/ Fyj Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ I I Pages detached/ r~~\ Showthrough/ I I Quality of print varies/ I I Includes supplementary material/ I I Only edition available/ D Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to ensure the best possible image/ Les pages totalament ou partiellement obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une pelure, etc., ont iti filmics & nouveau de faqon d obtenir la meilleure image possible. This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ Ce document est film^ au taux de reduction indiquA ci-dessous. 22X 10X 14X 18X T T T y 12X 16X 20X 26X 30X 24X 28X 32X » tails t du odifier une mage The copy filmed here has been reproduced thanks to the generosity of: Seminary of Quebec Library The images appearing here are the best quality possible considering the condition and legibility of the original copy and in keeping with the filming contract specifications. Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed beginning with the front cover and ending on the last page with a printed cr illustrated impres- sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All other original copies are filmed beginning on th4 first page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, and endin{i on the last page with a printed or illustrated impression. The last record<oini: Commis- sioners, To alter and consolidate districts. To fix time of meeting of district boards. To determine appeals. To regulate holidays. To prescribe form of school registers. To prescribe text books, courses of study, &c. COUNCIL OF PCBIJC IN.STRIXTION. 4. The members of the Executive Council shall consti- tute the Council of Public Instruction, five of whom shall form a quorum. 1895, c. 1, s. 1. * 5. The Council of Public Instruction shall have power : — (1.) To direct, in all cases not specifically provided for hy statute, the expenditure of such sums of money as are from time to time appropriated by the legislature for educational purposes, and to prepare and publish regulations under which moneys may be drawn and expended. • (2.) To appoint a principal of the Normal and Model Schools, and also such assistant teachers as are found neces- sary, and to fix the salaries. ^ (3.) To make regulations for the conduct of the Normal School, prescribing the conditions of admission and gradu- ation of students. (4.) To divide the province into inspectorial divisions, and upon the recommendation of the Superintendent of Education to appoint an Inspector of Schools for each of such divisions, to make regulations for their direction, and to make such provisions for their payment as from time to time are deemed proper. (5.) To classify teachers and to grant and cancel teachers' licenses. (6.) To divide the province into districts, and to appoint the commissioners for each district, and to deter- mine the place of meeting of the district boards. (7.) To make alterations in the boundaries of any dis- tricts, and to consolidate two or more districts. (8.) To fix the time of the annual meeting of each district board, and to call special meetings of any board when deemed necessary. (9.) To determine all cases of appeal from the decisions of district boards and trustees, and make such orders thereon as are right. (10.) To regulate the time in session, holidays and vaca- tions, of all public schools. (11.) To prescribe the form of school registers for ah public schools. (12.) To prescribe text books, courses of study, and apparatus for all public schools, proper books for school libraries, and plans for school houses ; and also text books to be used for instruction required by this Chapter to be given as to the nature and effects upon the human system, of alcoholic liquors and narcotics. 1 all consti- lom shall « lall have ded for hy are from lucational )ns under nd Model md neces- e Normal id gradu- division.s, sndent of r each of :tion, and :'om time teachers' and to to deter- any dis- of each ly board decisions h orders nd vaca- s for ali idy, and >r school xt books ber to be 1 system, PUBLIC INSTRUCTION, 5 (13.) To make regulations for constructing, locating anH C hap. 52. controlling county academies, and to authorize the payment '^"'^.'^'"^'^ r • • 1 J ^ . 1 *^ J county 01 provmcial grants to the same. academioa. (14.) To receive the recommendation of any inspector To arrange for for separate apartments or buildings in any section for the Sw.*' Sed different sexes or different colors of pupils, and to make such ''"''"'• decisions thereon as it deems proper, subject to this provision, that colored pupils shall not be excluded from instruction' in the public school in the section or ward in which they reside. (15.) To appoint qualified persons to constitute a pro- tq appoint vincial board of examiners, who shall examine and report reTamiLerf^ upon the written exercises at the annual examination of pupils who have pursued a high school course of study at the county academies, high schools, or elsewhere, the results of such examinations to be used as evidence of soholarship in the case of applications to the Council for licenses (o teach; to prescribe the mode in which examinations shall be conducted, to designate the times and stations at which candidates shall present themselves for examination ; and to make such further arrangements as are deemed necessary ; to fix the remuneration of the examiners so appointed, and of the person, appointed to conduct the examination at each station. (16.) To appoint a lecturer on agriculture in connection To appoint with the Provincial Normal School, and to define particu- ScuHur". larly the duties of such lecturer. (17.) To make regulations as to the outfit and manage- To regulate ment of schools in charge of teachers holding an agricul- nie^^nt of tural diploma, and claiming the special grant provided for "'■'"'°"- suci schools. (-0.) To distribute annually, under such regulations as to distribute It sees fit, a sum not exceeding $250, as prizes or scholar- SerTSg ships, for competition among the teachers who attend the *=""''"" '" course conducted by the lecturer on agriculture in connec- "'''' tion with the Provincial Normal School. (19.) To make regulations as to granting special aid to to regulate poor sections, and as to the sections which shall receive suchrpooJ^aections special aid. (20.) To make any provisions, not inconsistent with this to make gen.rai Chapter, that are necessary to meet exigencies occurrincr '"■"^'^''^'"'• under its operation. 1895, c. 1, s. 2. 8UPEHINTKNDENT OF KDUf ATION. 0. The duties oi the Superintendent shall be as follows •— Duties of (1.) To have, subject to the Council, general supervision '"'"■""'"''"*• over and direction of the inspectors, the Normal School, model schools, county academies, high and common schools! 6 PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. I _Chap^^ and any other educational institutions reoeivinj? aid from the province. (2 ) To enforce the provisions of this Chapter and the regulations of the Council. (3.) To promote the establishment and cfficienev of county academies. (4.) To hold public meetings and institutes of teachers (5.) i" inquire and report respecting the qualifications ot teachers and management of schools. ^f) .To infixed, as often as possible, all the county academies, and, when directed by the Council, any school receiving provincial aid. (7.) To prepare printed instructions and blank forms for all purposes required by this Chapter, and to furnish them gratuitously to the inspectors, district boards, trustees and teachers. (8.) To make annually for the information of the legis- lature a report on the state of the academies and schools sul^ect to his inspection and supervision, accompanied by lull statistical tables and detailed accounts of the expendi- ture of the moneys appropriated under this Chapter. (9.) To collect as far as possible the statistics of all educational institutions in the province, and to offer such suggestions on educational subjects as he deems proper. (10.) To apportion annually as hereinafter provided with the assistance of the inspectors, the municipal fund among trustees, and to pay the provincial grants to teachers semi-annually, in accordance with the provisions of this Chapter. 1895, c. 1, s. 4. DISTUICT COMMISSIONKRS OK SfHOOM. ExiM.„,_d,nBi..„ 7. The division of the province into districts and the coutiuueu. present districts boards, are hereby continued until altered by the Council. 8. Every district board shall consist of not less than seven commissioners of schools, appointed by the Council, for such district and shall be a body corporate, under the name of Ihe iioard of School Commissioners for the District of — — ." 1895, c. 1, s. 3 (17), part. ».--(l.) Every district board shall meet annually on the day appointed by the Council, and shall elect a chairman at each regular meeting, who shall call a special raeetina when requn-ed ' two members of the board, or when directed by the Council. In case of a special meeting the chairman shall notify the inspector of the same, and if the inspector IS unable to attend, the board shall appoint a secretary pro tempore, who shall record the proceedings of the meeting, and preserve such record for the inspector, and transact any Meetiiigs of boards. I PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. ig aid from ter and the fficiency of of teachera, lalifi cations the county any school k forms for I'nish them istees and the legis- nd schools ipanied by e expendi- er. tics of all )ffer such roper, provided, ipal fund grants to )visions of i and the iil altered lan seven , for such J name of istrict of ly on the lirman at ing when rected by chairman inspector itary pro meeting, sact any I When no meet- in);, Council to perform duties of board. Powers of board. other necessary business as directed by the board. In case Chap. 52. of the absence of the chairman, the commissioners may appoint a chairman pro tern-pore. (2.) Three members of the board shall constitute aQ""'""'- quorum. 1895, c. 1, s. (1 10. If when a meeting of a district board has been duly called, no quorum attends, the Council shall, on the recom- mendation of the inspector, perform the duties and exeroise the powers which should have been performed and exer- cised by such district board at such meeting. 1895, c. 1, s. 8 (17), part. 11. Every district board shall have power, — (a) to make alterations in the existing boundaries of sections, and to create new sections, either where none previously existed, or by uniting or sub- dividing existing sections, provided that in no case shall any creation of a new section, sub-division of an old section, or union of two or more sections, take effect until the same is ratified by the Council ; {h) to annex to any incorporated town for school purposes territory lying beyond the limits of the town and not forming part of any other school section ; (c) to have in all cases of alteration of the boundaries of sections,the sub-division of old sections and creation of new sections, due regard to regulations made by the Council and the number of children in each section and the ability of such section to support an efficient school ; {d) to number consecutively the school sections within the district ; (e) to declare upon the inspector's report or other reliable information, the school house, or the houses or buildings used as school houses, or the appur- tenances or grounds thereof, unfit for school purposes, and every such declaration shall be forwarded to the trustees "of the section, and the condemnation shall, unless otherwise specified, take effect at the com- mencement of the next ensuing school year ; (/) to appoint trustees or a trustee for any section in the special cases provided for in this Chapter ; {g)^ to determine, subject to the ratification of the Council, that portion of the boundary of a border section which lies within the district. 1895, c. 1, s. 7, 5, part; 1898, c. 41, s. 1. 12. Every district board may take by conveyance, ^oawi may ac- devise or bequest, and hold, any real or personal property in&T mTust trust for the purpose of erecting and keeping in repair a ^f^""^ p"'" Chap. 52. Board inaj an pointcomm'ttee Special afd to poor eections. Tower «( boa;xi PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. «r r«!f 'Vk'P^^^ ^^^'•^*°' ^"^ «^^" J^*^^" no control over of^f r. ^ 1 ''^ T- •'°"'^' °^" ^^^^^'^ *« '^g^in''*^ the trustees fKDreLd W fl'''^'^" ^'' ^'^^ in'^abitants. other than is expressed by the conveyance or AviJl. 1895, c. 1, s. 8 comuiHlT^Z district board shall have power to appoint a. the dut.es imposed upon it as to the appointment of trustees. h ustees y ""^ T'' ^ ^ '^^^ *'^^ <^^"««ted by the :nnornL • 7 ^ ^^«»' , ^"^ such committee when so uppointe^ 1.S hereby authori>.ed to perform such duties d.-flrinin^'"''?' .'^^•''^'"i^* board shall at its annual meeting dotennine what sections under its supervision are entitled veaT T8^g school HlSf,- ^'^'^^^'*'^, of the next annual school meeting after such alteration, svb-division or union shall be given bv the iBiandBand ^^™ es tor the iiew sect.onor sections. 1H>95, c. 1, ss. 7, 12. Zi&. "^^"^schooi ... ,y""^-;r"^.^r'^ may exempt from the sectional nm,rfi ; '''; ''■''""•>' -''■ '" Pa»'t. P^^i-Hons dwelling t . Z- ''''^"' one-<,uarter i..iles froufthe nchool houH^ •o 1.' " '." '1'f' ^^'^y. •■^'•'^''^•' ''' '^" '^'a»dH too .listant ve •-..;"';'"''"!'' ^^ P",""''^ '':^^'''' ^" attend school ; and •vt..v .sucli board may also make sucli amunrements as it t:^XT'^\y'^r^'t --i'ools on such ;^a;:i" am i Whmj rinlon of Ax\t',',\g sec- tloiir, coniir.'ied. H(!llOOI. SKt'TIONS. ,.,f«H,,,.'''i,\:.''''T'™' '-f '•"'7 '""tHet into «.cti<.n« «, „„„ I may sue and control over the trustees fier than is 1, s. 8. to appoint a ' to perform t of trustees icted by the se when so uich duties lal meeting ire entitled ving school Iteration in n or unites make such '^ the con- Ls of school 1 liabilities, •division or mgH which ation, sub- union shall li'^g school after such m by the (i of three l,ss. 7,12. e sectional dwelling liool liouse oo distant ;hool ; and u'uls as it ds, and in hs in the \H as now I' district. PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 0» 19. An annual meeting of persons liable to pay school Chap. 52. rates and poll tax shall be held in every section, and shall Annual school be called the annual school meeting. meetinif. 20. The school or schools of every section shall be Trustees, managed by trustees, who shall be elected at the annual school meeting. ANNUAL SCHOOL MEETINTi. 21.— n.) Except as in this section otherwise provided Date of annual the regular annual school ?ueeting of every school section'"''""' ".*etin)t. shall be held in the school Jiouse of the section on the last Monday m June, at the hour of eight o'clock in the evening. (2.) The Council may in the case of any inspectorial division, county or school section, fix an earlier day and m another hour for the holding of such meeting. (3.) If the school house is unsuitable for holding such I meeting, any other suitable place in the section may be designated therefor by the trustees or, if there are no i trustees, by the inspector. (4.) Notice of every such meeting, signed by the secretary or by the trustees, or if there are no trustees, by the inspector, shall be posted up in not less than three public places in the section foi ^of less than five days before the day fixed for the meeting. {5.) Except in the case of a section in respect to which an earlier date than the last Monday in June has been fixed for holding such meeting by the Council, or in respect to which a place other than tlie school house has been designated for lujlding the meeting, no such meeting nor any election made nor business tran.s«icted thereat shall be held invalid becnu«e of any irregularity or failure in the posting of sucli notices. 1895, c. 1, s. ()8, 2Srf. The business of the annual school meetino- sh.tll be S"*'"""* "» as fellows • ^ antiual mhool; ■ iiicetinj,,', («) to elect a trustee or trustees ; {l>) to determine the amount >\hicli shall be raised by trie section to su])plement the sums provided l)v the province and the mnnioijwility for the supportof public schools in the section for the ensuing school year; (0 to dett'iinine Mhether any and what amount shall be raised Cor the puirluise' of land for school sites, for the nurehasi' or l)uilding of scIkk)] houses, for the puicliase or improvement of school grounds, for school lil)raries, or for g«'neral school |)ui}M)ses ; id) to decide, unh'KH t!?!' ,,,-V tviv !itiv-nM% .IpjIIIClUie, whether the nrovisioi.s of this Chapter as to com- pulsory attendance shall apply to the section ; 10 •Chap. 52. PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. (0 to consider any subject deemed of importance to the educational interests of the section. 1895 c. 1, ss. 1() (part), 64 (part), 70. .nSr"" °' 2 (^-^ ^^''*' ratepayers, male and Temale, of tlie section present at any school meeting shall elect from their own number or otherwise a chairman to preside over the Power, of Chair. ''''',7?%V '] ''^f'^^'^^'^^y ^^ record its proceedings. ■•"»"• y-'. ,V)^, chairman shall decide all (luestions of order and .shall take the votes of ratepayers only, except as in this Chapter otherwi.se provided in the case of the election ot trastees ; he shall not vote except in case of a tie, when he shall have the ctisting vote. 1895, c. 1, s. 04, part. t^on''of.''!Sin- ^t~^H ^^ '"^>' person who offers to 'vote at an annual cation. or other school meeting is challenged as not qualiled the chairman presiding at such meeting shall require the per.sou so ottering to make the following declaration : Ido declare and attirm that I am a ratepayer of this schoo section ; that I have paid all sectional .school rates lor wluch I have been rated up to the close of the scliool year which ended on the .'ilst of July last, and that I am * legally (jualihed to vote at this meeting." Every person who makes such declaration sliall be per- mitted to vote on all questions proposed at such meetino- • but ,t any per.son refuses to make .such declaration his vo'te shall he rejected. deoiaratim!". '"'" (^;) Eveiy persoii who wilfully makes a false declaration ot his right to vote shall be liable to a penalty of not loss than hve nor more than ten dollars, to be recovered by the trastees of the section, for its use, as a private debt. I \ ^('"« section shall not apply to per.sons who otter to vote at the election of trustees as poll tax payers under the provisions ot the next succeeding .section. 1895, c. 1, .s. ()5 25.— (I.) On depositing with the secretary of trustees previous to or at any .school meeting the sum of one dollar any per.son who is liable to pay the poll t^ix, and has pai.i all poll ta.xes previously imposed, including that of the current year, though not rated in respect to real or ijer.sonal property, shall l)e (|ualitted to vote in the election of a trustee or trustees at such meeting, and at any other meet- ing held tor tlu. election of truster's within a year from sucii deposit, unless the denosit has been refun.ied. (2.) Money .so where no as.se.ssmt!nt is authorized by sucli m.M.ting; otherwise it shall be retained as payment of the IX)11 tax ot the depositor. 1895, c. I, s. 40. -Auditor,. 26. 'I'lie ratepayers present ftt' each annual meeting shall apiMMiit two comnetent nermmK f<. .u.f «« ..,.,^;f-^,.o (^y^. the eiLsuing year. The auditors .shall, at least three days Poll tax payors exempt. Poll tax payers ■<|iialifled to vote. importance to ection. 1895, nale, of tlie 3ct from tlieir side over the ings. ions of order, , except as in t the election f a tie, when 4, part. at an annual qualiled, the require the ration : )ayer of this school rates of the school id that I am sliall be per- ich meetini;r; tion his vote B declaration '■ of not less vered by the lebt. who otter to rs under the >, c. 1, s, 05. i of trustees fone dollar, LTid has paid that of the I or [)ers()nal lection of a other meet- a year from ed. 1 demand in d by such nent of the lal meetinj; L'-'ditovii^ for three days PtfBLlC iNSTRL^CTlOlf. 11 before the next annual meeting, receive from the board of (Jhap. 52, trustees or their secretary all the accounts, vouchers, agree- '' — ' ments, and other documents connected with the year's business, and shall examine into and decide upon the lecral- ity and correctness thereof, and report thereon in writing to such ensuing annual meeting. If the auditors, or eithe'r of I them, object to the legality or correctness of the trustees" accounts, the matters in dispute shall be decided by the annual meeting. 1895, c. 1, s. 67. 5iT. If the annual meeting fails to appoint auditors for when meetinir the ensumg year, the next ensuing annual meeting may iudCra'.''''""'' ■ appoint auditors to examine the accounts of the preceding ^ year, and report thereon either before the close of the ' ? annual meeting or at an adjourned meeting held for that purpose. 1895, c. 1, s. 08. '^ • ''^^TS^'} ^r^'^'!*"y'«»^o» the annual school meeting When annual IS not held at the time fixed by this Chapter, or by the f,"®^*''"^ ''*"""' Council under the provisions of this Chapter, the trustee or P^"P«''^t'''''e. trustees remaining in office shall give notice to the inspector of schools for the division within which the section is ] situated of the failure to hold the annual meeting at such time. Such notice shall be given if possible within a fort- night of such time. ; (2.)^ The inspector of schools, on receipt of such notice, I shall fix a time at which a special annual meeting shall bo ' held ; notice of such special annual meeting shall bo given in the manner provided in the case of regular annual m°etings. (3.) If there are no trustees in a section the inspector°of schools may, on the requisition of seven ratepayers, call a special annual meeting under the foregoing provisions and limitations. 1895, c. 1, s. 69. SPKf'IAl, .S(IIOC«r, MKKTIJIGS. «».— (1.) The trustees of any section may at any time,spe,.iai»ho.,i and when requested by a majority of the ratepayers of the '"'"'"»'• section shall, call a special school meeting of ratepayers for the purpose of voting money, or acumg to any amount previously voted, fo.- any purpose authorized by this Chajiter. (2.) The trustees may call special school meetings for the consideration of subjects deemed of importance to the educational interests of the section. Notice of all special school meetings shall be given in all cases in the manner prescribed for annual school meetings. 1895, c. 1, s. 31. 30 The notice of every special school meeting, except aoi,jectof .nedii. special annual meeting, shall distinctly sj. cify the (jbj.ctiutiTuotL ' or objects of said meeting, and it shall not be lawful tu transact thereat any business not referred to in said notice. 18P5, c. 1, s. 70. 12 PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. Chap. 52. TKUSTEES. Board of trustees. Whc may be elected triutees, Kffc.fB of dig. quallflcatiuu. TrusteeB in new ■ection. Irri(nilttrltle«i not to Invnijdale election, uniSsH ubjfctfon taken. 31.— (1.) Except in incorporated towns, every school section shall have a board of three trustees, and no section shall have more tlian one beard. The powers and duties exercised by and imposed upon trustees by this Chapter shall in incorporated towns be exercised and discharged by con- luissioners of schools appointed for such towns as provided in " Ihe Towns' Incorporation Act " (2.) The trustees of every school section shall be a body corporate under the name of "The Trustees of School bection No in the district (or districts) of »«.— (^I.; One of the tiustees may be chosen from the poll tax payers qualified to vote in the election of trustees • the remaining trustees shall be ratepayers of the section. (2.) Xo district school commissioner, inspector of school or licensed teacher employed in the section, shall be eligible tor the office of trustee of schools. 1895, c. 1, s. 17. (3.) No person shall be qualified to be elected'a trustee who, («) has ceased to reside in the section, or {b) has been continuously absent from the section for more than six .ionths, or (c) is insolvent, or (d) is permanently disabled from transacting busi- ness. 1895, c. 15, ss. 17, 18. tl.l.— (1.) Any trustee who becomes disqualified under any of the provisions of the next preceding section shall thereupon and thereby vacate his office. (2.) If any person so disqualified is elected trustee, his election shall be void. (3.) Any person who acts as tvustee after he becomes so disqualified shall be liable to a penalty not exceeding twenty dollars. 1895, c. 1, s. 18. ° . • — (!•) At the first annual school meeting in every new section, and at the annual meeting in every section in which there are three trustees to be elected, three trustees shall be elected of whom the firs^ trustee elected shall hold office for three years, the second for two years, and the third for one year. (2.) Trustees elected at any annual school meeting after the first, except those elected to fill occasional vaclincies. shall hold office for three years; retiring trustees shall be eligible f)r re-election. 1895, c. 1, s. 16, part. 11^. No irregularity in the mode of electing a trustee shall mviiikiHic tlu! election, unless formal objection is taken thereto by u qualified voter before the adjournment of the meeting, if the person so elected possesses the qualifications required by this Chapter for the office of trustee. 1895, c. 1, s. 1(5. ^rovisi lany an of any Appear; -of the #irregul ■I 3*7.- trustee ' trustee; the di.si |Hituate( in the inspect belief, fschool 1 jltrusteej iSacancj ^trustees the ann I (2.) as piaci ^ in the r '^such m( • of trust manner 38. Isent in 1 18!>5, c. I liable tc linspecto I the sect J and ap] Said to tl 1 (2.) |retu8al I failure t I notified under t perform 4 ierred addresse ncIiooIh N. 28, m I 40. I caused every school id no section '3 and duties Chapter shall rged by co n- I as provided all be a body 33 of School of , part. sen fi-om the of trustees ; e section. ;or of schools, 1 be eligible s. 17. I trustee who, e section for lacting busi- ilified under section shall 1 trustee, his ; becomes so | ; exceeding in every new on in which tees shall be old office for for one year, eeting after I vacancios, 3es shall be trustee shall fiken thereto ihe meeting, )ns required c. 1, 8. 1<5. f frBLIC INSTRICTION. s 36. No election of a trustee shall be declared or held to he invalid by reason of any non-compliance with the |)rovision8 of this Chapter as to the time or place at which jany annual or special school meeting is held, nor by reason bf any irregularity in the calling of such meeting, if it .appears to the tribunal having cognizance of the question <)f the validity of such election that such non-compliance or irregularity did not affect the result of the election. 3*7.— (1.) When the annual meeting fails to elect three trustees, or to fill the annual vacancy occurring in the * trusteeship, or vacancies from other causes then existing, the district board for the district in which the section Ts situated, may, upon the written requisition of five ratepayers in the section, accompanied by a certificate from the inspector of schools that to the best of his knowledge and belief, founded on an inspection of the minutes of the .Kchool meeting or of the copy forwarded to him by the trustees, or if necessary on personal in(iuiry, that the alleged vacancy or vacancies actually exist, appoint a trustee"^ or trustees, who shall hold oflice in all respects as if elected at like annual school meeting. I (2.) The board of trustees thus appointed shall as soon 'as practicable call a meeting of the ratepayers of the section . in the manner provided for calling the annual meeting, and » to time, 8tc., not to affec elt'i'tion. District board may appoint trustees when none elected. Mcfctlnir to be culled in such case. con- inspector, Kesig^nation of trustee. Penalty for re- (iminK to uct. I notified; failure or refusal to issue the notices retpiired I under this Chapter: and failure or refusal genera/ly to I perform the duties or exercise the powers imposed or cvin- on trustees after a written re< i -st 1 las :)een 4 f erred I addressed to hiin by his co-trustees or tne inspector of schools to perform or exercise the same. 1895 c 1 ;«. 23, jmrt. ' " ' I 40. Any occasional vacancy in the board of trustees I caused by death, removal from the section, continued Occaiiional vaconcT, how filled. i 14 PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. academy instructiou Chap. o2^ absence for more than six months, insolvency, permanent disabihty for business, refusal to act, or resignation, or acceptance of an official position which disqualifies the person holding the same from holding the office of trustee, shall be tilled at an annual meeting or at a special school meeting called by the remaining trustee or trustees. The person elected to fill an occasional vacancy shall hold office only for the unexpired term of the person whose place he IS chosen to fill. 1895, c. 1, s. 18. co-operation for 41. The trustccs of any scctiou in which an academic mstitution other than a coimty academy is established, may co-operate with an equal number of persons chosen by the governing body of such institution in order that the section inay secure the educational advantages supplied by such institution ; such combined board of trustees shall manage the school or scliools of the section in accordnnce with tlie provisions of this chapter. 1895, c. 1, s. 19. 42. The trustees of any section, with the permission of the inspector of schools, may, in their discretion, admit to school privileges pupils from other sections; and if the trustees deem it proper, they may exact from such pupils a reasonable tuition fee. 1895, c. 1, s. 20. 43. The trustees in the several sections may eflect insurance on school houses. 1895, c. 1, s. 22. 44. When it is decided at any school meetincr to change the site of a school house, or to dispose of scliool lands by sale or exchange, the trustees may, with the con- currence of the inspector dispose of such lands and purchase or accept (,ther lands or sites in lieu thereof. 1895, e. 1, s. 25. 45. In any section haying more than one department in its schools under one roof, or under separate roofs, the trustees, with the aid of the principal teacl\er or supervisor, shall regulate from time to time the distribution of the pupils among the several departments, accordiiur to their attainments. 1895, c. 1, s. 2(5. * 46. — (1.) Tiie trustees may suspend or dismiss from .their employ any teacher for gross neglect of duty or immorality, and upon any such suspension or dismissal they shiill immediately forward a written statement of the facts to tlie inspector and to the Superintendent. (2.) _ The trustees by their unanimous resolution, approved by the inspector, may dismiss from their employ any teacher for incompetency, and upon any sucli disinisstil, a state- ment of the facts shall immediately lie forwarded by the trustees to the Siiperintendent. {'I) Any suspension or dismissal under this section, shall be subject to an appeal bv tlie teaelicr to the Council which may reverse or vary the action of the trustees. Admission of pupils from other swctioiis. Trustees may insure. Disposal of school land. Reticulation attendance pupils. of of Suspension or dismissal of teacher by trus teet. .(4.) ^ missed , thereuj Uo the 7 to the t 47. the tri capacity ratepay Judgmei sucii JU( 48. charge : { ages of of age modatio ' regulatii I be as n ^ for ever properly i ^^ I if necess than ten shorter 50. ' inspectoi houses ii 51.-( trustees refuses t the trust possessio notice sti owner w notice to of compe (2.) I trustees c after the vcipality \ jre([uest ii 11895, c. 1 f 52.— (: ■with the l>ai(l to tl ^ school sit( i (2.) S them, sha 15- !y, permanent esignation, or squalifies the fice of trustee, special school rustees. The ill hold office hose place he an academic ablished, may hosen by the at the section •lied by such ■shall manage nee with the )ermission of ion, admit to ; and if the such pupils 1 may effect meetintj to xse of school dth the con- md purchase ^95,c. T,s. 25. department te roofs, the '' supervisor, ition of the intr to their ismiss from of duty or smissal they of the facts 3n, approved any teacher sal, a strt te- nded by the section, shall :he Council, stees. PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. (4.) In the event of any teacher being suspejided or dis- Chap 52 nntissed under this section, the pay of such teacher slJl ^^^^^^^•- thereupon cease, unless it is otherwise ordered upon app^'al ■ to the Councd, but the teacher shall be paid ratably up V to the time of tne suspension or dismissal. 1900 c 89 s 1 the t,.n J^'" 7^ person has recovered a judgment against J«d,n.ent tHe tiustees of any school section in their corporate '**^'*"'-* '*""°"' capacity, the trustees of such, section shall rate on the ratepayers of s^^ld section a sufficient sum to pay such judgment, and shall collect the same and pay it over to such judgment creditor. 1895, c. 1, s 32 clifrw farl^\'T^^^' shall provide school privileges free of Dut,- of tn^.e.. Charge tor all persons resident m the section between fh,.^°>''r''''«'*"'°'' ?ages of five and fifteen years, and for all over Sn ye^'"^'""- of age who wish to attend school. The school accom- modations slian be provided in accordance with the j regulations of the Council, so that generally there shall ,^ be as neariy as possible at least one room and one teacher t tor every htty pupis, with sufficient accommodations for I pr^rly graded departments of schools. 1893, ., 1 s 24 (5) I 49. The trustees may lease or rent lands or buiMin^s F'-'-^^rV'^'J' |i nec^ssaiy, tor school purposes for a period of not j^ '^^ ''""'""^• t than ten months, or if the inspector consents thereto for a shorter period. 1892, c. 1, s. 24 (3). ; 50 The trustees shall, suoject to the approval of theT'"«tees to de- .inspector for the division, determine the sites of school Srhote.°^ houses in the section. 1895, c. 1, s. 24 (4), part. oi.— (1.) it the owner of any land selected bv the Where owner of iSse^'t^'^iy''^''^ ^^ f'^' '''T'^''' ^' ^ «^l^o^ siteS>^!l^^^r |ietusc8 to sell the same, or dei^ands therefor a price which ho"„' "^'^ ="-^'"-''- I the trustees deem unreasonable, ihe trustees may enter iiUo |possessionofsuch land, and may serve upon the owner a I notice stahng the name of one arbitrator and requiriiiu- such I owiier within ten days from the date of the service of such ■notice to name another arbitrator to determine the amount ';0f compensation to be paid for such land. tvnffi ^l .T""^' °''-"''''" "^'^^lects or refuses to notify the . rustees oi the appointment of an arbitrator within ten days latter the service of such notice, the warlesii$n of school house. Duties of trus- tees, &c. Hold school property. 'Employ teachers. Give notice of -openings of school. Visit schools. £xpel pupils. Provide for health of schools. ■Give notice of •meetings. aries of the land so taken as a school site and stating the amount determined upon as compensation therefor, and such award shall be final. 1895, c 1, s. 24, (4) part. 53. Upon payment or tender to the owner of the amount of compensation so determined and the registration of such award in the registry of deeds for the registration district in which the land is situated, such land shall vest in the trustees for the use of the section as a school site. 1895, e. 1, s. 24 (4), part. 54. The trustees shall, subject to the approval of the inspector, select the design of the school building to be erected, and shall, subject to directions given by any school meeting, make all arrangements for the construction thereof. 55. It shall be the duty of the trustees of every school section : — ('/) to take possession of and hold as a corporation all the school proi)erty of the section which was or may be purchased for or given to it for the use or support of conunon or high schools; provided always that they shall not interfere with any private rights or the rights of any religious denomination ; (b) to contract with and employ a licensed teacher or teachers for the section, and where necessary licensed (or unlicensed) assistants, for a period not less than one year ; provided, however, that for special cause, with the consent of the inspector, trustees may employ a teacher for a shorter period ; (c) to have the school or schools open during the prescribed teaching days of the school year, and to notify as they deem proper the inhabitants of the section of the opening or re-opening thereof ; (d) to visit the school or schools of the section at least four times in each year-, and to be present, when practicable, at the annual examinations and the visitations of the inspector ; (e) to expel from school any pupil who is persistently disobedient to the teacher, or whose conduct is such as is likely to injuriously afi'ect the character of other pupils, or to suspend any such pupil until there are indications of reform ; (/) to adopt efficient measures for the heating and ventilation of the school houses, the providing of proper out-houses, and for the general cleanliness of the school premises, and the preservation of the health of the school; (y) to give the prescribed notice of all animal and special school meetings retjuired to be held under the provisions of this Chapter ; 56. meetir ■ i the se '$ contaii eiisuin previoi " expenc 57.- . state o fpurposi Superii I in the ; duly ce ^ inspect! f (2.). J make a I in whic • as the ^ return t I number : the tots district. 58. .; annual s I shall fui I secretai'j i correct n ^s. 24(1), 59. 'i Her Maj( of the ' _uiuount 1 ;Ulie faithf Sbotid sha] -1«!)5, c. 1 1 60. T consent i -1, H. 85. 61. T ^'eiatinij' t( tiieeting, a 2 i stating the ;herefor, and t) part. )f the amount 'ation of such ation district 1 vest in the I site. 1895, proval of the lilding to be y any school construction every school )rporation all tiich was or r the use or s ; provided I any private inomination ; ;d teacher or sary licensed lot less than pecial cause, fustees may during the year, and to tants of the :eof ; e section at be present, nations and persistently iuct is such B character pupil until heating and •roviding of eanliness of ;ion of the annual and d under the 56. 17 Chap 52. Forward copy of minutes to in- spector. Annual report. Return of state of school. Supplementary return in border sections. PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. ^''■>ft!;r ll?""^ ^, *''J ■rP"'^'™- ^^-'thin o»e week ■ittei the annual school meetinir of the section a copy o the minutes o£ the metting, duly s'S ■ district. 1895, c. 1, s. 28 (10.) ^ ^ '''^''^^ .Si;CRETARY OF TRUSTEES. H.uount to be t^;ed bv fi;!"'\ T^ ' ^''' ^^^^^» ^^^^ ■l«!)5,c. 1 8 8^! ^ ^ ^''' ^'■"'^"^^•'^ '^'^^' the inspector. k-Ol^lt In VS^'of f hi ♦^'"f ''' '"f-^ '''^^"' with theReaignationof a, s. 85. ^^"'^"'^' ot the trustees and inspector. 1895, c. '"'"■'**''^- |neetin,, «nd shall forward such a^,!;^^ ':!;X''' "-"an 18 PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. tar.v Chap. 52. vouchers and papers relating to the financial affairs of the section, to the auditors, who, after due examination of the same, shall report thereon at such annual meeting. 1895, c. 1, s. 71. Duties of «,ore. 62. It shall be the duty of the secretary, under the direction of a majority of the trustees, — (a) to keep the accounts and records of the trustees, and to collect and disburse all school moneys, (6) to keep the school house or houses and grounds in good repair, and furnish the same with comfort- able furniture, fuel, prescribed school books, maps and apparatus, and to provide proper outhouses, (c) to promptly supply to the teacher or teachers copies of the school register prescribed by the Council, and carefully preserve the old registers, {d) to keep an accurate record of any books, maps or apparatus at any time procured for the use of the section, (e) to present the teacher with a copy of the inventory c " the school property under his charge, and i»enew the same, particularly when a change of teacher occurs, (/) to take due care of the school library of the section, and to see that the same is managed in conformity with the regulations of the Council, and (g) generally to transact any business directed by a majority of the trustees, a record being first made in the minute book. 1895, c. 1, s. 3(1 Borrowing powers o( trustees. BORROWING POWERS. 63. The trustees shall have power, when authorized by a school meeting, to borrow money for the purchase or improvement of grounds for school purposes, or for the purchase or building of school houses ; and all such amounts, so borrowed, shall be repaid with interest at a rate not exceeding five per cent., by such number of equal yearly instalments, not exceeding twelve, as is determined by such meeting; and the money so borrowed shall be a charge upon the ratable property in the school section. 1895, c. 1, s. 21, part. Debentures. 64. The trustees may issue debentures, with interest coupons attached, in the form in the first schedule to this Chapter, for any money so borrowed, and such debentures shall be signed by the trustees or any two of them, and shall be countersigned by the secretary. be «tod' for." *° ®^- '^^\® trustees shall annually provide by rate upon the school section an amount sufficient for the payment of such debentures and interest coupons as they respectively become due. ee siny the r 6-3 the f ( •shall c. 1, s 68. dollar the C( the lej condu in cor taugh of lic€ time 1 which For CI 1900, c. 69. from tl tion p employ( ment g ture, a disribut precedii grant as of class . and the I principa 1 affairs of the nation of the eting. 1895, y, under the the trustees, oneys, and grounds rith comfort- books, maps ithouses, or teachers ^ the Council, loks, maps or le use 01 the he inventory i, and i>ene\v e of teacher tf the section, 1 conformity irected by a first made in uthorized by purchase or or for the jch amounts, t a rate not i(jual yearly ined by such be a charge on. 1895, c. nth interest idule to this !i debentures I them, and ate upon the nent of such ively become PUBLIC INSTRUCTIOX. the repayment ot any money so borrowed. "-^P*"^^"^'' ^^^ other security. MODK OF SrPPORT. f l,f 7V^^-^ Salaries of teachers shall be provided for from = the follownig sources, that is to sav ^'"*[?'» °f'«»''h /,.\ 4.\ ... ''" ""•J) — erg, how pro- (a) the provincial treasury, ^'"^^d, (b) tlie municipal school fund, ^ (c) sectional school rates (l')~ Provincial Aid. . taught and to the followin^L^P Ir I ° ^"^^^^y^^ed days which such teachers are Lployed^rai;!-!'" ^^'^""^'^ "^ For Class D, in any public school ^ q^ " B, " « 1' 90 " ii A • . 1 20 A, in a superior common school of prescribed ,^ status T ^n I ;; ;; A,inahighschool'of p;e;c;-ibed;tatus::;; 180 A, when principal of the high school ^f prescribed status in a section havino- ' 1900, c. 43, s. 1. ^^'^ *•'''" d-^P^rtments 'T 210 . iv^n\htZ,oTarS 'ir ^■''' ^ ^''^° ^^^« graduated Graduates o, J uui Liie sciiool ot agriculture in the conrw „f i„of... •*«oi oi I tion prescribed by the Council imli^ fT"*'"™""" I eH.p oyed in a public school S the aLom-iJ:"''-'^ tu^e' TZ" Tt\''"'^ °' i-trS n"^' ,f aS: 20 PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. Chap. 52. to inspect such schools and classify the same as "fair'^ " good," or " superior." 1900, c. 43, s. 2. Aseiiiant teach- 70. — (1.) Assistant teachers, if provided with separate era. how paid, ^lass rooms and regularly employed at least four hours in each day, shall receive two-third's of the amount granted to principal teachers of the same class, (2.) Nothing in this Chapter shall be construed to- authorize the payment of any public funds to any unlicensed teacher, or to any school on account of the services of an unlicensed teacher. 1895, c. 1, s. 40 ; 1900, c. 43, s. 4 *l* me' wo"'"^' '^^' ^^^P ^^^ trustees or commissioners of any school fnYSion in. section provide a department for manual training in any of the mechanical or domestic arts, with adequate equipment for at least twelve pupils at the same time, and have employed a teacher certified by the Council to be competent to give practical instruction therein, and have caused such instruction to le given free for one session of two hours each week to the residents of the section,, and have in these and in all other respects efficiently conducted the public schools of the section in accordance with law. then the Council may pay out oi" the provincial treasury to such trustees or commissioners, in semi-annual instalments or otherwise, as determined by the Council, a sum of fifteen cents for each two-hour lesson to each pupil, provided that the whole amount so paid out of the provincial treasury to such trustees or commissioner* shall not, in any year, exceed six hundred dollars. 1900. c. 43, s. 12. Municipal school fund, hew rated. (^.) — Municipal School Fund. 72. The clerk of every municipality shall add to the sum annually voted for general municipal pur- poses at the annual meeting of the Council a sum sufficient, after deducting the estimated costs of collec- tion and probable loss, to yield an amount equal to thirty cents for every inhabitant of the municipality, accord;;;./ to the census taken next prc^ceding the making up of tii > collector's rolls for the municipality, and the sum so added shall form and be a portion of the amount to be rated upon the municipality. The amount so raised shall be paid annually, for the support of schools, by the treasurer upon the order of the Superintendent, and shall be called the municipal !,c!,'« 1 fund. 1895, c. 1, s. 42. t?gt^„oticeo' "73. T:. .1 -k of dvery municipality shall immediately ?S"* *" "P^" making uu the collector's rolls in each year, notify the Superintendent and the inspector for the inspectorial division in which such municipality u comprised, of the i f PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. lie as " fair,'" ivith separate our hours iu Dunt granted jonatrued to- ny unlicensed ervices of an :. 43, s. 4 I any school ining in any bh adequate same time, the Council therein, and )r one session the section,, ts efficiently 1 accordance he provincial semi-annual le Council, a son to each paid out of )mmissionera )llars. 1900, lall add to aicipal pur- ncil a sum ts of collec- iial to thirty accord.: ! t • ig up of 1/ . jni so :\,'tded B rated upon lall be paid jasurer upon e called the immediately ir, notify the inspectorial rised, of the 21 amount provided by municipal assessment for the supnortCnAP ^o of schools during the ensuing year. 1895, c. i;;y"PP°^<^2![^£i52_ fund in anvTuX^-n«rr^'°^ ^^^^H*" *^" municipal "school Advance o„ ac- lunci in any municipality, may be advanced froni the nro-^r"' °' •'""'* eirdn';Zr^Ln^h''"rK"'^'P^'^*^ for a period ^not ""^'""■ exceeUing four months, and the municipality shall renav tn conducted in accordance with the provisions of this Chapter to be applied to he payment of teachers' salaries. ^ ' ihl ' .!P '"'"''^''l '''^'^^^" «^^" be entitled to participate therein at the rale of twenty-five dollars per year for everv icensed ea^her employed, and the balance of such fund shall le distributed amonff the school sections accordinrto the average number of pupils in attendance at scK n such sections respectively, and the length of time such schools hav-e been in operation during thf school Tear but ^neel™°c1 tr'^" t'\ ''^^^^^^ ^"^ adSitniraliow! tunrZ ?^ ^ r^ '^^°°^ °" ^«co"°t of its havinff been ^;7e:rim%'\V^^^^ -™^--^ 4s in Supl7tendprff"i!f ?f ^^^^^ Vrovmons of this Chapter, the Poor sections. superintendent sha 1 allow to the trustees in any section 'p^"'*' ^"^ '<>• entitled to special ad as a poor section, one-third more from the municipal school fund than the allowance to Xr se^ re^elVe'oneSrm'^P^^' li ^"^^ P°°^ sectionrshall receive one-third more from the provincial grant. (2.) JNo section employing a teacher holding a license higher than that of class ofso called, shall be enti led to receive the special aid provided for poor sectioL in rtpec? to provincial grant to teachers. respect (3.) No county shall be entitled to receive as special provincial aid to teachers employed in poor sections more gra'ntt'sucrtr'h'^"'^" anJually.^and ifihe ^'ial grant to such teachers in any county for any half Sn't^'to ' ,^"%^"°^'^ -«d^fi% dollars, the ^spec^ grant to each of such teachers shall be reduced «ro ra^a, so that the total amount of such special aid shall nnf exceed three hundred dollars for suct^earl 1895.c fs. 10 (3.)~Sectional School Rates. ^hVmrt'lrT^TA ^^^"i^d^t^y a section over and above Kurthe, su.s xne sums provided out of the provincial treamirv on^ 'o"" ""pport of niunic pal school fund fnr fi-o o.,i^ V j treasury and schools to be de- a publiLchonroVo";ho;i du^fn^^^^^^^^^ maintenance of^rUn. tl^e following olyecttthltTslo^-'^" ''''' ^"^'"^^^"^ 22 PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. Chap. 52. Colltction of the name. Persons tempor rily absent. Property in towns oi noii- residente to he rated for section where they reside. (a) the purchase or iniprovenaent of school sites or pounds, {b) the purchase, erection, furnishing^, cleaning or repairing of school houses and outbuildings, (c) r nt of buildings or lands, {d) insurance on school property, (e) the purchase of fuel, prescribed school books,, books for the school library, maps and apparatus (/) reoaynient of mcuey bor'-owed by the section and interest f.hereon, {g) teachers' salaries, {h) compensation to and repayment of expenses in- curred by the trustees, for or in the discharge of the duties imposed upon them by the provisions of this Chapter, as to compulsory attendance at school,, and, {{) any other expenditure necessary in providing an efficient scnool or schools, in accordance with the provisions of this Chapter, shall be determined by a majority of the ratepayers present at a regularly called school meeting. 1895, c. 1,8. 44, part. "^S.— (1.) Any amount so determined shall be a charge on the section, and shall be collected as follows: (rt) every male person between the ages of twenty- one and sixty years, residing in such section at the time of the holding of such school meeting, shall pay the sum of one dollar as a poll tax, but no person shall be liable to pay mote than one poll tax in any c.ie school yeai'; (6) the r3mainder of "the sum authorized to be collected shall he rated on the income and on the real and personal property . situate within the county, of the residents of the section. 1895, c. 1, s. 44, part. (2 ) The expression, '• residents of the section,'" includes persons temporarily absent from the county or province, ii> the carrying on of any kind of business or employment,' or teinporarily al sent for any other cause, but who usually reside in the section, or whose families reside in the section, 1895, c. 1, 8. 44, part. 79. Property, real and personal (save that by law exempt from taxation), situated within the limits of the city of Halifax or an incorporated town, but assessed on the city or tov,'n assessment roll to a peKon resident in some other school section in the same county, shall be liable to be rated for the support of schools in the school section in which such person resides, and shall be exempt ftom taxa- ,.irsn tor viie Support of the schoolH of such city or town. 1895, c. 1, 8. 44, part. school sites or r, cleaning or clings, school books,. 1 apparatus, he section and f expenses in- } discharge of provisions of i.nce at school,, providing an mce with the jayers present .1,0. 44, part. II be a charge ^s: — es of twenty- section at the -ing, shall pay 3ut no person )11 tax in any jrized to be e and on thb in the county, . l,s. 44, part, iion,'" includes r province, in iployrnont, or who usually n the section. that by law limits of the t assessed on ident in some >e liable to be ol section in »t ffom taxa- lity or town. 1 i ( PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 80 Notwithstanding anything contained in the next two preceding sections, or in any statute in force in this province, all the real and personal property, according to the manicipal assessment roll, situated within the bound- I ar.es^ ot tlie school sections in the municipal district of I ^'r^*;'' ''"^ t'?^^ "fmed in the second schedule, excepting ': dyke lands, shal be liable for sectional sHio .1 rates for the supp.rtot .schools in such sections, without regard to the place where the owners of such pronertv reside and such property shall not b.. liable to sectional school' rates tor the support ot any srhool or schools other than those ot such .school sections; and property owned by persons res.d.ng w.th.n any of the said .school sections and situated within the county outside of such section shall be ratable or school purposes in the section in which it is situated. a-i I' ' ^ ' ' ^^^' ^ ^^' "^ ^ '• 1900, c. 40 8. 1. Bl Property situated in any school section and owned by a non-resident of the county in which such school ection IS «'tu iied and not otherwise liable to sectional school n whl if "" • ' *: 'r^'^'"^' ''^''''^ '"^^'^ •" the section in which it IS so situated. 189.5, c. I, s. 51. n.f?;T^^'' ^""^"^y ^'^''t^ h^''^ ^'y e^^ecutors, administrators or trustees or a-^signees at the time of the making of the municipal as.essment roll for any year, shall be liable to be lated in the section in which the original owner of .such estate resides or last resided. (2.) Property held in trust for infants shall be liable to assessment in the section in which such infants, or a majority ot them, are ,n attendance at a public .school, provido-I such ."tt^: ^m^Vlt^r'"'' ""'"' -eh property is ..^?' ^®;'\''"'^ personal property situated within a school section and be onging to a corporation, shall be subject to sectional school rates: and the rates .shall be payable by the Hger.t o the e.Ktent of the fun.is in his hands or under his control at the time of the demand, as if rated upon him pe.sonal y, ,tnd >lmll be chargeable by the agent to the principal. 189.') c. 1, s 57. ^ ^ > ^ne ;»^^i"7^^ 1. V^^ "^.h"''' ^'^^^^ "P"" '—eh property shall be in and for th. beneht of the section in which it is situated firn. 'r ? l^''^P«''ty »^«''l 'T'^'y a.s.sociation, company, or hrm v^hether incorporated or otherwise, .shall be rated in and tor the beneht r.f the section wherein it is situated and all rates payable by the association, company, or firm "n y^r^i \".T'y ""^^' property, shall he paid in and for the beneht ot the section in which the property is situated 23 Chap. 52. flections except ed from genera' law. Property of Idents, how non- resl rated Property held by executors, »c. Property held in trust for infants. Property of com. fwny. Such atigcHgnient to be for benetit of section wliere same s situated. oo« • *• *"^' portion of the ratable property of any a.ssocmtion. company, or firm is situated in a place no^ ^4 Chap. 52 T'UBLIC INSTRUCTION. Ministers, widows and un- married women exempt to cer- tain exteat. Trustees to furnisii list of residents, and municipal clerk to atflx amount of assessment to each. Duty of town clerii in such case. Trusteet to fix rate. Sorretary to pre pare list of rate' payers. embraced in any school section, such portion shall be treated m all respects as if situated in the section where the chie e'sSbfisrd """' ""' ''^ "^^^^*'*^"' --P- "or firm are (3.) The provisions of this section and of the next any such corporation, company, association or firm to property m the hands of. or held by the assign"; or assSees or liquidator or liquidators, of such corporation company association or tirm. 1895. c. 1. s. 59. company. 85 Every regularly ordained "minister occupied in minis enal work and evei.^ unmarried woman and^widow shall be exempt from sectional school rates on all property ^tni'/r^"""' «^« hundred dollars, but shall beCble i^n respect to any excess over that sum. 1895. c 1, s. 55 fK? • ^'"«^'^«« shall iurnish the municipal clerk for the municipality in which the section or a portion of it is situated, with a lis. of the persons resident in the hairiffiw' .'^ ^' '""^^' ^"^ ^he municipal clerk proLw L wh h "T' "^ '^^^ P^^«°" ^he amount of SsnrLt r^n'f ^'^^^^ P^''^^" ^^ ^«^««««d according to the fist S fh. /^' ^T' ^"^' '^hall return such list vMth the amounts so affixed to the trustees The municipal clerk shall be entitled to receive fVom the trustees a tee of twelve cents for every list so t rn^shed where he number of ratepayers in the section does no exceed twelve, and of twenty-five cents where such number exceeds twelve. 1895. c. 1, s. 28 (3 ) nurauer .\^T J^^ city collector of the city of Halifax and the tjL.J r''^ incorporated town shall furnish to the nent o^ th/n? "'^°°'. 'f^^ '^PP^>^'"^ ^^erefor, a state- ment of the names and of the amount of property real or wThrh^n 'Lf'^ •^•^^^''^"^•^ °^' -«' -"-1 -Tt 0' e^ ; o^ fn "'*' ""^ ^^'! ''\y ""' *°^»' according to the last he^shall be" ^Trrr' '""• ^»d/«r each list to furnished he shall be entitled to receive a fee not exceeding twenty- or neXo'ts ^^ «'*>^,««'J^^«tor or town clerk who refuSs pen Utf of ^L nf' 'T^' .statement shall be liable to a penalty of five dollars, to be recovered by any person suing therefor. 1895. c. 1 s 44 («>) ^ ^ P the^dol J?^ *'.r^''' '''^'1 '''f"''"*"« ^he rate, so much on the do lar. on the assessed value of the property and income hable to be rated for sectional school 'rates as they deem ance tor loss and e.tpenses of collection. 89. The secretary of trustees shall prepare a list of f 1... na„,os ■„ alpl„beticul order of all par,oL & '"LI,"" i«5o«4nons or corporations liable to pay school rati^ ami I i PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. shall be treated where the chief any, or firm are d of the next e insolvency of an, or firm, to 3ee or assignees, ition, company, r occupied in lan and widow, on all property' all be liable in c 1, s, 55. icipal clerk for portion of it is esident in the unicipal clerk the amount of ^cording to the I return such trustees. The Bive from the t so furnished c?tion does not e such number -lifax and the irnish to the srefor, a state - )perty, real or school section ng to the last t so furnished eding twenty- c who refuses be liable to a y any person , so much on tj'arid income as they deem luiking allow- 25 2 a list of the 18. comnanjoH I — ' ool rates, and the amount of the rate payable by each such person, firm, Chap 52 company, association or corporation, and such list shall be '' '~ revised and approved by the trustees. 1895, c. 1, s. 44, part au. 1 he trustees shall by writing on such list, signed bv coUector-s roii. them, authorize and direct the secretary to collect from the persons therein named the amounts set opposite their respective names, and such list with such authorization and direction shall be called the collector's roll for the section. l«yo, c. 1, s. 44, part. \x^^' J^.^ fecretary of trustees shall post up copies of Ron to be posted ^ the collectors roll in at least three public places in the""' '. section as soon as possible after he receives the same from the trustees, and .shall file a copy ^hereof with the muni- cipaj clerk. 1895, c. 1, ss. 34, 35. rPr?i7rn.l,- "^"^'^ .U^^'P"^-^ • T^ ^P^"*^ *« ^^'^ next Ap,.a> rro,„ regular meeting of the municipal council from the rate as ""'• determined by tho trustees, and such appeals shall be heard and determined by the council at such meeting (2.) It on any such appeal it is ordered that any part of such rate be refunded to the appellant, such order shall be on the trustees of the school section appealed against, who shal repay the same to the person aggrieved out of any funds in their hands, and if there are no funds on hand they shall provide for the same at the next annual meeting or at any special meeting called for that purpose. 1895 c. 1 , s. 44, part. ' am^nnf,^^ secretary of trustees shall demand the several wtary to amounts trom the persons so rated in the collector's roll ^o"«^''«tee. and in default of payment such amounts shall be collected under the provisions of "The Assessment Act" 1895 c. 1 , s. 44, part. 94 All beds, bedding, clothing, stoves, cooking utensils Property and the last cow of any person against whom a warrant of """"»"• distress or other legal process is issued to recover school rates, shal be exempt from seizure under s^uch warrant or other legal process. 1895, c. 1. s. 56. 95.--(l.) The secretary shall be entitled to retain two^'°"""'«»'o"»' and one-half per cent, commission on all sums collected by'""'"^- him or under his direction for the purchase or erection of a new school house or houses, and for the purchase or improvement of school sites or grounds (2.) The secretary shall be entitled t.» retain five per cent. commis:iion on all sums collected by him or under his direction for the support of the school or schools, but where payment of »iny rate is voluntarily made, the .secretary snau. out ot^ hu commission, allow to the person making .«.un 1 payineiit, a discount of twu and one-half per cent, upon 26 PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. Chap^2^ (3.) A payment shall be considered to be voluntarily made If made within twenty days after the collector's roH IS made up and posted in at Lst^three public pE[n the undtr jy^^^^'K^^^^y «;^'i!l.t>e entitled to receive commission Zl H P'*7'«'ons of thi. section onlv upon the moneys wHh'L^ot'^or.h'" ^-^r-'^"^' ^^"^"^*^^ '" --"-- Tnd shall n .^ • ^ T"""^ .^^ ^"^ '^^""'^^ ««hool meeting, and shall not include municipa fund apportionmpnf nr provjncal grant of any kind. 1895, c ^ ^P^^^"""^"*^ °^ '"^^rF^^^^'^mUta^^^^^ ^^ '""^^^'^y ^" ^^y ^^y •''^hool rates or u„ab>etopay. P«^^^«;f ' /^e truscees may exempt any person wholly or n part from the payment thereof, without prejudice to uch exem"nh-o" ''""'T' «hall present a .stat^mint of all mettinrT89rc. ^s.^So" "^"' '" ^'^ ^"""^^ ^^^^^ executor, &c. ui^ ^^.^^ ' """^^"s HIS property, shall be a charge upon his estate, and shall be paid by his executors, administrators or assignees ; and in default of payment they or any of S thpl • '"f •' ?u '• before a justice of the peace stating that there is not in their possession or under their control belonging to such estate, sufficient money <^? otL propS to pay such school rates. 1895, c. 1 s 52 P^opeity XeS^on'^rop. ,„r^- ■ ^" '"'^^^^ "^""^ ^''^"'e b'etwJen the making of the :r^'rf;rS;;r3LTJ^^^ for any year and the mfking of ••any sectional school rate according to such roll, any person assessed therein in respect to real or personal property wte"H:posed o?' T'""' ^""^ ^""^'^^^'^' l--d ToS ownl' n? property, and may be collected from the owner or person in possession of the same at the time of S^sXm? tr ffiT'%""^ V" """^ «^" -^"^^b person shall b mseited in the affidavit and warrant for collecting in the same manner as if such person was originally asses "d in ^''•'•J) C. 1 , S, f5o. Where sectlotml OQ T.i ...,,,.. U i B»8«snH,„t not '"^- '» '"ly school section where sectional a^sp^^Jn^mf io ».^'^?^^e;7l"»-J t« -PPO/t a free public school 3 hriX.fes of such section, after legal notice has been given in accor l! ance with he provisions of this Chapter, ntgloct o • X l to make adequate provision for such scliool, the trustees of e section sha 1 name the sum of money which th.3rd'.?n tifd 2./\? T '^"^"^b amount shall be submitted to he district board and be subject to their approval. If the board approves thereof, the trustees may levy and c^^ll c? the sum HO submitted and approved in il sa4 maimer as PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 27 be voluntarily e collector's roll lie places in the eive commission pon the moneys 1 in accordance school meeting, portionment or 34. school rates or rson wholly or ut prejudice to itatement of all annual school dies or becomes a charge upon administrators hey or any of unless they or e peace stating ■ their control, other property naking of the the making of all, any person onal property eased or other- ites shall be a ited from the it the time of person shall be lecting in the ly assessed in the collector's assessment is ' he ratepayers | •en in accord- lect or refuse lie trustees of I ;h thi^y deem I submitted to roval. If the y and collect | lie manner as if it had been voted for school purposes at a regular school Chap. 52. meeting called for the purpose. 1895, c. 1, s. 50. 100. In any case where, owing to neglect on the part Supplementary iof the assessors, any city, town, or municipal assessment '"*" I roll, does not afford the information necessary for the ' purposes of this Chapter, such assessors shall upon request of the secretary of the trustees furnish such supplementary lists and such further information as are necessary for the carrying out of the provisions of this Chapter. 1895, c 1 s. 60. f , , IXSPE(.'TORS OF SCHOOLS. 101. The present division of the province into inspect- Existinj; divisi-n orial divisions is hereby continued until altered by the dLtHc^c'?."'" Council. tinned. 102. It shall be the duty of the inspector of schools for duties of in- every inspectorial division, — spectoi. (a) to act as clerk of each district board within his division, and to examine all school returns received from the trustees of the various sections, and to prepare therefrom and transmit to the Superinten- dent, according to forms received from that officer, an abstract of the number of legally authorized teaching days taught by each duly licensed teacher in his division, together with the class of license held by each teacher ; he shall make special reports of cases of false or defective returns, and of schools conducted in condemned buildings ; (6) to prepare and forward to the Superintendent a statement of the apportionment of the municipal school fund for the year on the basis defined in this Chapter ; (c) to report to the Superintendent the names of teachers remiss or inefficient in the discharge of their duties, and of sections failing to make reason- able provision for the health, comfort, and progress of the children attending school ; (d) to give a bond to Her Majesty in the sum granted annually in his division for educational purposes, for the faithful discharge of the duties of his office; {ej to keep a correct record of the boundaries of each school section in his division, and to furnish from tune to time amended copies of the same to the several sections ; (f) to visit and inspect annually and oftener when required, each school ami county academy within his f.!V!S!on, and to report fuilyupon its condition to the Superintendent, in conformity with instructions 28 PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. Chap. 52. received from that officer ; and in case of failure to visit any school to indicate the fact and the cause in his report to the Superintendent ; () to transmit to the Superintendent on or before the first day of August in each year a statement of the annual distribution of the municipal school fund, and on or before the first day of October a general report of his labours, stating the condition of the schools in his division, and the means of improve- ment, the sections visited where schools did not exist, and the results of such visitations, and furnish- ing therewith such statistical information as the Superintendent requires. IH95, c. 1, s. 72; 1900, c. 4:}, s. 1). Proof of bound- 103. The boundaries of any school section may be *""' °"''°"""- proved in any court of justice by a certificate of the inspector of the division in which such section is situated, and without proof of the handwriting of such inspector. 1895, c. 1, s. 74, TKAl'HKKS. 104. No teacher shall receive under this Chapter any portion of the moneys gianted towards the support of Unqunllfled receive school i- v •-. - - . moneys. couiity aaideiiiics, high or common scliools, unless sucn I teache I tion. 105 school! PUBLIC INSTRUCTION, 29 failure to e cause in formation in of this uties, and improved ing pupils is division nd to give at; :ed by the tid returns; omote the is and the it all fines ication by bs possible, shment of ng out a V in giving ons of the • before the lent of the 1 fund, and a general ion of the f improve- rs did not nd furnish- :ion as the 72; 1900, n may be ate of the is situated, 1 inspector. hapter any Hupport of anless such teacher holds a license from the Council of Public Instruc- Chap 52 tion. 1895, c. 1, s. 75. '— 105, It shall be the duty of every teacher in the public Teache. -8 duties, schools, — (a) to teach diligently and faithfully all the branches required to be taught in the school, and to maintain proper order and discipline therein, accbrding to the engagement entered into with the trustees, and the provisions of this Chapter, (6) to call the roll morning and afternoon, and other- wise keep an accurate register in the manner prescribed by the Council, on pain of liability to forfeiture of the public grants; such register shall be at all times open to the inspection of the trustees, visitors, examiners, commissioners, inspectors, and superintendent, and shall be handed over t() the secretary of trustees at the expiration of the term of service, (c) to render, when neces.sary, to the trustees, all pos.sible assistance in classifying the pupils of' the section according to -their attainments; and when requested by the trustees to institute examinations for the purpose of transferring to another depart- ment any pupils who are prepared, {d) to inculcate by precept and example, a respect for religion and the principles of Christian morahty, and for truth, justice, love of country, loyalty, humanity, benevolence, .sobriety, industry, frugality, chastity, temperance, and all other virtues, (e) to give assiduous attention to the health and comfort of the pupils, to the cleanliness, temperature and ventilation of the school rooms, to the {esthetic ' condition of the rooms, grounds and buildings, (/) to report promptly to the trustees the appearance of any infectious or contagious disease in the school, or insanitary conditions of out-houses or surround- ings, {g) to have special care as to the use of school books and apparatus, registers and journals, the neatness and order of the desks, and to reimburse the trustees for any destruction of school property by the pupils which IS clearly chargeable to gross neglect or failure to enforce proper discipline on the part of the teacher, ih) to have during or at the end of each year a public^ examination of the school, of which notice Buiill be given to the parents and trustees and to school visitors resident in the section, 30 PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. Chap. 52. Instruction as to alcohol, &c. Inspector, &c„to report non-com- pliance. School grant may be witheld from ineffloitnt teacher. Grant witheld from section making false re- turn or usin^ condemned school house. (i) to give notice through the pupils of school meet- ings advertised by the inspector or trustees, (k) to furnish the trustees, examiners, commissioners, inspector and Superintendent, any information that he possesses respecting anything connected with the school or affecting its interest or character, and (l) to attest the correctness of all returns under oath, as in the third schedule (teacher's oath). Any teacher making a false return shall have his license cancelled or suspended, as the Council decides. 1895, c. 1, s. 75. 106. Appropriate instruction shall be regularly given in all the public schools as to the nature of alcoholic drinks and narcotics, including tobacco, and special instruction as to their effect upon the human system shall be given in connection with the subjects of physiology and hygiene. Such instruction shall be given orally, to pupils unable to read, from a suitable text-book in the hands of the teacher, and to all other pupils from such text-book, in the hands of the pupils, as is from time to time prescribed by the Council. 1895, c. 1, s. 75 (7). 107. Tt shall he the duty of school officers and inspectors of schojls to report to the Council if the provisions of the next preceding section are not being com- plied with in any public school, and if it is shewn to the Council by such school officer or inspector, or by any rate- payer, that such provisions are not being complied with in any school section, it shall be deemed sufficient cause for withholding wholly or in part the provincial and municipal grants from the teacher or trustees of such school section. 1895, c. 1, 8. 73. 108. The Superintendent may, with the sanction of the Council, withhold in whole or in part the provincial grant from teachei-s who are remiss or inefficient in the discharge of their duties, and the grant from the municipal school fund from sections failing to make reason- able provision for the health, comfort and progress of the children attending school. 1895, c 1, s. 72 (I), part. 109. Grants from the municipal school fund to trustees and provincial grants to teachers shall be withheld from every section making a false return, and from every section in which a school is conducted in a building condemned by the district board. 1895, c. 1, s. 90. CO.MI'ULSORY ATTENDANCE. Vote of uieetinu; HQ. In cverv Rchool scction in which the resolution as to compulsory -■■»->-■■ •'" i i i i i • f i attendance. has not already been adcpted, the chairman ot every annual . school meeting held under the provisions of this Chapter shall call upon the qualified voters present at such meeting jhool meet- es, I mission ers, nation that id with the r, and ander oath, iny teacher ;e cancelled 5, c. 1, s. 75. larly given lolic drinks traction as )e given in d hygiene, 1 unable to ;he teacher, be hands of ed by the flBcers and icil if the being com- 3wn to the y any rate- plied with t cause for [ municipal 3ol section. :tion of the provincial efficient in from the ake reason- ress of the part. to trustees iheld from ^ery section demned by resolution /ery annual lis CiioptcF ch meeting PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. to vote yea or nay on the resolution embraced in the fourth Chap 52 schedule. 1«95, c. 1, s. 76. 31 111.— (1.) \^hei;e a majority of the qualified voters Trustees to a«. present have voted in favor of the resolution embraced in l^L^l" "■""'*•" such schedule, it shall be ihe duty of the trustees of schools, (a) to ascertain through their .secretary or other person or persons appointed for that purpose, before the hrst day of August following the school nteeting the names and apes of all children residing in the section between the ages of seven and twelve years inclusive, and the names of their parents or o-uar- dians, and to preserve carefully prepared lists oi the same ; (b) to ascertain as soon as possible after the first of April in every year how many of the children named in such list have not been at school for eighty full days during the then current school year, and to notify th3 parents or guardians of such children of the exact number of days their children respectively have attended school from the first of the school j^ear until the first day of April. -''<'™l dollars, pro- least one hundred and twenty regularly qualifled 1(9) ^ft r''" , r""'f °'^ P"™"g » *■"» course^ ^^^:^:^l^:\^^^:r "' ineorporatttC 'ouncd mav author zr .vn,; ^*u.„ „„_x-VT^®'^'^'^® establish 'ri^^v, -1 "^ ""v^>:^i uiic pruvisions ot this Chaoter thp*"*^"""' town to fCouncd may author ze any other sentinn nf ff T^i'''''' countv to PQfakiioU 1 • "''i'^'^ flection ot the same ^''^lemy, other p95, c. l?s 61 (5) ""^'"*^^" '"''^ '°""^>^ academy. ru^;^H.T^- '' MISCEJ^LANEOUS. .nf iLiSr^n^f *^" legislature, ministers of religion, vi... or ^rJf/n^K .V o "^ ^'"^P^^^O" temporarily appointed in«'»"'°'«- 1895 c^'l'^s. 86. ^"P^^^"^^^'^-^' «hall le visiLro'schods iUafstJhncUhf/T", ^h^" b^^i" 0" the first day of Sehoo, ,ea. lugust and end the last day of July. 1895, c. 1, s. 89 leriod of Jlo'vp?^ •''*^^°" ^''' ^^^" ^"^^hout a school for a SecUon „„ab. H u . . ^^^'^^' '" consequence of the iuabilitv of ,>^^ Provide school |ihab,tans to provide a school house, th^re sLu b^ |e unded to the trustees of said section, on the recommend It on ot the district board, the amount of the mSpaJ |hoo fund rated during the said two years on fh ^habitants of the section.^ Tn no case Xlfthe Superin tendent issue an order for such repayment until fiirnished" I' the inspector with a certificate tiat a chool Cse '« f actual course of erection. 1895, c. 1, s. 89. 34 PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. Cha.-. 52. No. FIRST SCHEDULE. (Section 64. ) Pkovinck ok Nova Scotia, County of . Dkbesture. Schwjl Section, No. Tkansferablk. District of Under the authority of Chapter 5;J of the Bevi^ed Statutes of Xova Scotia, 1900. The bearer is entitled to demand and receive from the trustees of the School Section, No. , district of , in the Province of Nova Scotia, Dominion of Canada, the sum of — lawful money of the Dominion of Canada, in - - years from the date hereof, and interes from the same date at the rate of per cent, per annum to be paid yearly as per the interest warrants hereto annexed, payable at . Dated at , this day of . ^ \ Trunfe.e>> of School Section No. — -, Secretary oj trmteen. -J Province of Nova Scotia, ^ School Sjictiox, No. No. at - dollars interest due on on debenture No. * payable ■ V Trustees. — , Secretary. SECOND SCHEDULE. (Section so.) LiTNENBUK(4 AND New Dt'BLiN :-Centre Range, 3i ; Rosebud, 109 ; Block HoLe, 30; Northwest, 22 ; Falkland, 3.^ ; Clearland, GO. Shelbitrne :— Jordan River, 14 ; Jordan River, 14^. Yarmouth:- Richmond, 11 ; Carleton, 18; Little River, 24 ; Arcadia, 26; Bi^-nton, 15; Middleton, 35; Lake Annis, 38; Chegoggin, .ib ; Ovei- tnn 5 • Norwood, 10 ; Sandford. 8 ; Ohio, 12. DiobV :-w2ymoutli Bridge, 18 ; Weymouth Mills, 19 ; Sissiboo Palls, 22 ; Digby, 28. ^:^^l£ 24T\£S^fi„^ ^^n^:^ Antjuoni.sii :— .SaltspiingH, 48. OuYSBOito :-Ha.oI Hill, 19 ; PinUc Harbor, 37R Jrz;o^:^:^ui< iS'^}',f^,^r- ^« = ?i-k Rock, s.. : West Louisbury, (Is ' ' "^'^ Lorraine, C5 ; Big Lo.raine, RrcHMONi) :— Granf r^( cconlance with law. for tlu> n«,.;„.i \.t* ._' , ^V"'F °* — ". Jn authorized teaching days, day of during the days during first half ; Rosebwd, 109; [•land, GO. :er, 24 ; Arcadia, foggin, 3(i ; Over- T-, 11 —Sworn to at ; Sissiboo rails, jH acconlance with law, for the period of*- : from the day of i to the - school year ending July 19 ., bcin- rSrLsTi^^T^^IlSV'S^^c^^S^^ ■' '''}^' the-prescrib^d as prescribed, and that to tlu. >U f f P, \^ '"® "' ^''^"'"i' Particular total days' a te ulanec oi th™- ™y knowledge and belief thi rectified enrolled'pupils in the nahl p rLfw .s '^V^l^'^t^iTr ""''' ^^ ""'t [the trustees is in accordance uitl, f 1 1 .fTTT" ' \ "'^ agreement with thereisnocH,llusiveunS '""^ regulations, and that is to be made of no effect ^ ^ '^^ '''"^' P"""^'"" °^ ♦''"^ agreement in the countv of agrt ■ Teacher. this . day of A.I)., 19—, before me — , J. V. in and for the Countv of *The numbers to be expressed by wordn, „„t fl^.ures. FOURTH SCHEDULE. ( Section 110.) Parent or ffuardiaii may apply tor order fur admission. Effect of sucii order, if obtained. Lengrth of term "t attendance. Term may be ■nortened. Grants to bo inadu out of proviiHial Iroasiirv an I iminl.ipai nchool fund. BDUCATION or I.KAF OK BEAK MUTE PKUSOXS, CHAPTER 53. OF THE EDUCATION OF DVav n,. ON OF DEAF 0|{ DEAF MUTE PERSONS ■• Ine parent or cruardim nf person of sound mind b?tw^ n i ^''^ f""^ ^' ^^^^ "^"to years, who ha.s. under the '1?' "°^%"^ ^'■^' «"'J eiohteen Act" a settlement ii^any^^^^^^^^^ ''^" ^'^ Poor^li.Iief ai'ply to the warden of sLh m 2f V': '"'^ '' '"""' '"^^7 of such city or town. ?"'a "3 ;i^T '\''''- '""^^-' such person into the Institution f.iT.'''" admission of Halifax, which order th t 'w rden ^''^ '''^ ^^""'^ ^' grant under his Imnd and tl "r^ 7 '"'r'' '^""^^ ^^ ^"ce Pality. city or town, on bin. sa s^'f h '''^ '^ '^'' "'""'^i" niute person is betw;.n the "1- ""'' "^''"^ '' ^^^^ mind, and has a lej settS '^'■'' ^^'f '^^■'^^^^ ''^"'^^f ^^und oy town. 1895 c ? s f T'"'"^ ''\ «"ch municipality, city '^- Such orde, ; ;, -e , i;i,C' /^f «, c. 43. s'lo'' ^ nan,ed therein to be re e vid nt 'I'f "r"'"' '""'^ ^^^^''^^^ >eaf and Dumb at Halifarsub t " /"'''^l'^'^" '''' ''' Jatio.is of that institution and fnH ''•' rules and regu- ages of twelve ami (iftee,; vXi T.n T ""'« '''^'"■'=«" 'he ■^ gl^t years, and thos be ween L '""*/ „'" '■^"""" eighteen years, six years ^'-'' ""^ ''Ses of fifteen and A o'ti?^sX;ifnt'Zs'r:n''t'r'''"'^ r^^™"-^ "■■-"- allotted term „,,ay be s en^i t T ° "'^ P"""' "» board of directors of the ,^1^ m ""5 'liseretion of the pnrt; 190(), e. 43, s. 11 '"'"""'">• 1895, c. 1. s. 1,3, Institntion "of 't^.e'Tl^f' 'ind^ l",""". ^''"'"" ™'"=i™J '"'o the onler fron, the warden a „ ,:;:',„:: "''"f"?. ""der an from the n,ay„r of an incorn" a .d'; ^' °\ ""''°'' "" ""l" '" the n.unioi.ai s.hooTf m i '7 "''"'' """"'ibates 'l.««n, the bo'ar,i ofd.ee '„'' ""'I "1» "-. ■ n-l«.l J:.,ol TZ \T^? half-yearly, fr„n, Omnts In cige dt'uf or (lea' i'l',','„'r I";"?"" •'«» ■""-• -""'riiiciit "I any liu'orpor- atml city or town. 189' the municipal sol--^ f^ T' '7'^^''^ ^^^'^^^''^ c. l.s. 113, part "^ '"'^'^ municipality int^h;:'s:^.:!r^v!:^^^5« i-7 ^vho is ^ "'"'^" »" order fron, the" m^yor Tf\ ';''^ "' "'^''■'''^'^• allowance to the board of i' eeto s of' fh ''"• '"'"' '^" uiiecDois ol the institution ^ PERSONS. PEIJSONS. '1' deaf in II to and eiofiteen Poor Relief town, may tlie mayor ■dniissiou' of d Dumb at lall at once tlie niunici- ioaf or deaf ■nd of sound pality, city . 10. iiite person on for the and regu- 13 in this 'd therein 5 shall be tvveen the io retnaiu fteen and ' iniscon- 'Upil, the »n of the . s. 113, I into the inder an an order • tributes boarded diall be sum of ind also 'y, from 1895, ilniitted fiilifax, wn, an ^itution EDUCATION OF THE BLnVD. 37 does not coutribute to Vdm (V 'T ''"'='' .'='*3' or town ^ f"i> /he ca.,e „1 „ ,,„,.,„„ "• 1. s. U3, part '"""""' "' "'" '-''•"Pter. 'jsa,-;. CHAPTEE 54, OF Tllli K,,rc*TION 01.- THK BLIND. '"•twee,; ^helts'Tsi/Inll'twcrv"'''"^ '"'"" >~-'-' ;;;.der th.. pr„vi,L,„ „f "ZV'r-'js-jr:": .:;;',' ^''-.•S^ town, fur „,, 3' Z th T'^"" "' '""'■ «'ty "'■ '■•-'-'■-"« •^^i.oorLteSi-nLciirtf^^^ ler 38 EDUCATION OF THE BLIND. Effect of order if ohlaiiied. Length of term of attendance. ^"^P- 5^- warden or mayor shall at once grant under his hand and the corporate seal of the municipality, city or town, on being satisfied that such blind person is between the ages above pi'escribed, and has a legal settlement in such municipality, c;ty or town. 1895, c. 1, s. 114, part. (2.) Such order shall entitle the blind person named therein to be received into the Halifax School for the Blind, and, subject to the conditions in this Chapter prescribed, to be educated and boarded therein during the school term. 189o, c. 1, s. 114, part. 14.— (1.) Pupils entering the school between the ages of six and ten years shall be entitled to remain seven years in addition to the time in attendance under ten years of age ; those entering between the ages of ten and thirteen years shall be entitled to remain seven years; those entering between the ages of thirteen and seventeen shall be entitled to remain five years; and those entering between the ages of seventeen and twenty-one years shall l)e entitled to remain three years. (2 ) The Council of Public Instruction may, upon the recommendation of the board of managers, extend the time of the attendance of any pupil. (3.) In the case of hopeless incapacity, serious mis- conduct, or other sufficient cau.se on the part of any pupil, the prescribed term may be shortened at the discretion of the board of managers of the school. 1 89o,c. 1, s. 114, part. J5. For every blind person received into the Halifax .?unTcK'ho,,r'^'^^""l ^^'' ^^"^ ^^''"^^ "'^d<^'»' fi" <»'^^^'r <''''i"i the warden of a fund. municipality, or under an order fr. ni the mayor of an incorporated town which contributes to the municipal school fund, and educated and boarded therein, the board of managers of such school shall be entitled to receive from the provincial treasury the sum of seventy-Hvo dollars per annum, payably half-yearly, and also to receive annually the same sum, payable hall^-yearly, from the municipal school fund of such municii)ality. ^1895, c. 1, s. 114, part. hiriVor^rim. **• ^'f''' ev^'''y *'>'»<• Pt'rson who is admitted into the rJ^uSSlmr' ^'^'■'^'^^ School for the Blind, under an order from aiedHtyortown. the uuiyor of a city or town, an allowance to the board of managers of the school of seventy-fiv(> dollars per annum shall be rated upon the inhabitants of the said city or town in case such city or town does not con- tribute to or draw from the municipal school fund, and in such case Hueh hhui shajj hn paid to the inaiiagers for each such blind person Htiiit to the school, and there shall bo paid t(» the managers from the provincial treasury for t'ach such blind person for which such city or town contri- Terni may be extended. Term may be shortened. Orant* be made out of proviiiciul EDUCATION OF THE BLIXD. 39 is hand and 3r town, on en the ages nt in such part. I'son named ool for the lis Chapter during the the ages of 'en yiiars in ;ars of ago ; irteen years )se entering be entitled en the ages entitled to ^ upon the nd the time erious mis- any pupil, liscretion of 5. 114, part, he Halifax t'arden of a nyor of an municipal the board iceivo from ivo dollars '^e annually municipal ,114, part, d into the jrdor from ICO to the ,ve dollars Its of the es not con- nd, and in rs for each *e shall Ito easury for iwn contri- butes such allowance the sum of seventy-five dollars, inCiuP .54 the manner provided in the next preceding section. 1895, ^^^^^i^^^ 5 The managers of the Halifax School for the Blind Managers to t on fnir^S ^'^""^^■'^"""'^"y to the Council of Public Instruc- irSpir^T^ ''^ tion full returns of the names, ages and residences of tho ^^°''«^''°-'" pupils in respect to whom suclf paymentraTclaTmed Sea^^ loyo, c. I, s. 1 14, part. fnf;i f!" ^^^ '"""""' apportionment of the municipal school o-nu to he tmoun r.I.t"^;;^'"''"'^'"^ of Education shall include the S'" S 'IJ^iro,,. amounts due the managers of the Halifax School for the r^^'r "!?»'• Mhnd and issue draft, therefor on the treasurers of t^e "'"'"""'"'• re,spect,ve municipaiities 1895, c. 1. s. 114, part, tiprl fh,f r °I F''^^''' Instruction, upoM being satis- Council of p,,,.,,. an ha no"me^n''n"f '^ ■' ''^l^'^'^''^^^ ^^'^'^n the province S^'i:- anil lias no means ot paying the expense of his education »7«"tyo"ey«.-.« may, upon the recommendafon of the board of manaoers' *^'-'- make the provisions of this Chapter apply to any blind person over the age of twenty-one velrs of age.^ Such action ot the Council of Public Instruction shall e". title the bhnd person to be received into the school on the same terms c 1 s. Tir'art"" ^'^ ""^ twenty -one years. 1895. the^"Halif^.'v' 'iT "i T'^ Pf-^^'lJ'^^o has been admitted to G.a„t .„ c.,> tlieJiahtax. School for the Blind, or on whose belialf .'""*' ^pp'?'"*-' application for admission to such school harden nrn^^"^^^^^ who has no sett emeiit Mithii, this province, tl e ProvS .Secretary, if .satisfied that such peison is cl argeablc t e pronnce, .nay pa^ or agree to ^ay to the bc^rd of'^l ! agus o. the school the sam.- sum as is paid from the pvovuieial treasury jn the case of a perscm alln.ittd under the^toregoing provisions of this Chapter. I8f)5, c. 1 , h. 1 14, 9.' 'Hh' parent or guardian of any blind person between., . , , !"■ ages o s,x and twenty-one y.^ai^ who 1 as not s.^! K -'- ^^^ men witlnn this province, may -evertheless ap^y ^Z^^^^^'^^' th. hI f " s: ,1 .'uu/Bnr"" f.;-»\P'-«" into^^KS- i„>,,.,... ,• ;-M. 1 , nlind. and jf such ward.-n or'"f'"'Ko" "' "i" ent o f • '""'V"'"'''^^'' ''^y "'• t"^^'» ^vith the 1 ntioiol remaimng, the warden or mayor may .rrant H uh order, winch shall have tire same loroe and effect as n n.en!?..r'I]wi^T"''T'^.''^*'''''"^"'">' '"'"'" '"' '^ <#>'« a »Tovinol.l m(m'>ei ot the boan o mnnaL'ers of tbi. H,.i;i'..: *j i , H-xroWy . , »•••• tl..' Blind. 1895. c. I. s. 1 14^ pa.-t '' Nehool ,,^,, ._,.„, „, iimiioifert' Short title. Application. Interpfctatitn. " Child " " Parent." " Guardian.'' '• Person Mavinjf oharjre.'' 'Board.' "Principal.' " Htlpcridiary niaifistrfttf.'' " Magistrate. " Officer." " Truant officer.' COMPULSORY ATTENDANCE AT SCHOOL IN TOWNS. CHAPTER 55, R. S.. 1900. FIRST PART. « SHOKT TITLII. 1. This Chapter may be cited as "The Towns' Com- pulsory Attendance Act." APPLICATION. 2. This Chapter shall only be operative in incor- porated towns adopting the provisions thereof. 189o c. 1, s. 84, part. INTKRPRETATION. 3. In this Chapter unless the context otherwise requires, — The expression "child," means any boy or girl between the ages of six and sixteen years living in the town • 1 he expression "parent," means the father of such child, and if the father is dead or absent from the town, includes the mother of such child : The expression "guardian," includes any person actino- m loco parentis where the parents of such child ar2 dead or absent from the town, and is not restricted to a testamentary guardian or appointee of a court- ihe expression "person having charge, " means any person oyer the age of twenty-one years, with whom such child ordinarily lives or resides, or who con- trols, or is in a position to control, or assumes to control, or has the apparent charge of, such child • The expression "the board," means the board of school ^ commissioners for the town ; The expression "principal" means the teacher or other oftcer having the general supervision of the schools in the town ; The expression "stipendiary magistrate" or "magis- trate," includes the stipendiary magistrate in and for the town, or his lawfully appointed deputy; The expression " officer," means the secretary of the board, supervisor or principal of the schools of the town, or any other person in the regular employ of the board ; i j The expression "truant officer." means any person appointed by the board or town council to carry out the provisions of this Clmpter ; I CHOOL IN Towns' Coni- ne in incor- hereof. 189o, xt otherwise ' girl between ; in the town ; 'ther of such ent from the 1; person acting- uch child are lot restricted ee of a court : means any •s, with whom or who con- t" assumes to such child : )ard of school Lcher or other )f the schools or "magis- ite in and for uty; atary of the hools of the ir employ of any person to carrj' out COMPULSORY ATTENDANCE AT SCHOOL. '^^nff'h?'''r/P°'^'" °®^^^'" means any member appornted W rr ^ '^' '"""• "^ '^Pecial^onsrabl appointed by the town council for the purpose of enforcing the provisions of this Chapter- ^ ^ fhe publl 7'' °' '^'^ ""'^'^ ''^^^^' hours as board ' ^'' '" •'^^'^'°" ^y ^^'^'^ of the coming rntnoTc^"oUrs'chan/°^) '"^ "^"^'^ ^^^^^ ^^^ 1, section 84 of the Acts o ISo'^i t P^t^«^«"« ^^ chapter pro^'isions'o?This'rT''f ''^ *""" ^° "^'^^^ '^'' remaining tVll !? f . ' ^""^ ^J^enever such resolution has received wmmm 41 Chap. 55. " Police officer " " Sdiool hours.'' '8;;hooI days." Second part of this Chapter substituted for former Act where it was adopted. Kesslution in schedule tc be submitted to town council and vote taken thereon. SECONU PART. 6. Every child in the town shall attend school dur- Attendance o, 1 1. . . children pre ine- the rPfrnl.... Tnl l ^"^" attend school dur- Attendance of «teks ,„ the precedmg year, if nelessity re,|uire" him to school vin'r:'.!:''.'" "™?'-"'"' ^i"^^ "« H-^* ^ay or eaeh »..-. -,.„ 42 Chap. 55. the COMPULSORY ATTENDANCE AT SCHOOL. A|if.'iintiiic'iit of orticers. Penalty for retiHinjf infor- hiat.ion, tie. liable to a penalty of than twenty dollars. .Unr.rd to ascer- tain names of children not havinjr attended ViieMjiil)ed days and notify parents or guardiiin. names of their parents or guardians or persons having charge of them, and carefully preserve lists of the same. 1895, c. 1, s. S4 (3). 8. The board shall have full power and authority to appoint officers and persons to make such enumeration, and to make rules and regulations for the purpose, and to pre- scribe the books and records to be kept under this Chapter, and designate the persons to keep and the manner of keep- ing the same. 1N95, c. 1, s. 84 (4). 9. Any person refusing to oive any information to the board or its officers, or th« truant oK,'-. -, to any person appointed by the board or the town r ' to carry out the provisions of this Chapter, as to the n ...le or aye of any child residing or living with such person in the town, or wilfully giving any fal^e information in regard to the vame or any matter about which information is required by this Chapter, shall be not less than one dollar nor mo e 1895, c. 1, s. 84 (5). 10 The board shall ascertain as soon as possible after the close of the school for the year, hijw many of the children named in the lists prepared under the provisions of this Chapter have not been at school for one hundred and twenty days during such school year, and shall notify the parents, guardians or persons having charge of such children of the exact number of days' attendance made by such children during the year, and that they are liable to prosecution under this Chapter unless they satisfy the board that there was a good reason for the failure of such children to attend Boar.) to a °''/"^ ^\^'' Period prescribed. 1895, c. 1, s. 84 (6). t^yn'tiaiiies^^of"^' . '^^^^^' boai'd .sluill also ascertain how many of the ar;S,;'K'hooi ^ y';^^-*^." residing in the town have not attended school at all during the year, and shall notify the parents, guardians or persons having charge of such children that they are liable to prosecution under this Chapter, unless they satisfy the board that there was a good reason for such non- attendance. 1895, c. 1, s. 84 (7). Siai^iian.'Sc!""' „ ^^ ^^^'^'^T IMveut, guardiaii, or person having charge ot any child residing in the town shall cause such child to attend some public or private day school, approved by the board, at least one hundred and twenty days in each school year, except as exempted under the preceding provisions of this Part. 1895, c. 1, s. 84 (8) wiK-n'^rir!;,. , 18-~-('-) For the purposes of this Chapter the board proved i.y board, shall appi'ove a pi'ivatc school only when, («) the iiistruction given includes reading, spelling, writing, English composition, gecjgraphy, and arith- metic, as well taugliL as in ordinary public schools, and and notify parents or ..nunllun. OL. COMPULSORY ATTENDANCE AT SCHOOL. 43 3 or persons e lists of the authority to uieration, and 3, and to pre- this Chapter, nner of keep- nation to the .0 any person to earry out or aye of any in the town, a in regard iiormation is a penalty of enty dollars. Dossibie after f the children sions of this i and twenty ■ the parents, lildren of the uch children prosecution rd that there •en to attend .(6). !uanv of the ed school at ts, guardians lat they are unless they or such non- ving charge cause such ol, approved nty days in le preceding r the board iig, spoiling, ', and arith- blic schools. (6) a register of attendance is kept in such school inCHVP -Vl Shan t^lUh °", ^'' ^'''^}'' f ^^°''^' ''^'^'^' register shall at all times during school hours be open to th.^ mjection of such persons as the board ^points; (c) such reports and returns are furnished to f he board concerning the studies and attendance of all pupds I yeais as are retjuired for the carrying out of the I provisions of this Chapter. '^ I reidevT/TT^T'^'''^ °^ Education shall supply such M^r/hp fi f A^ dollar nor more than tM'entv dollars dollars, exclusive of costs, in any one year. 189.5 cl,s8i vro^e^iniJuW^^^^^ °^ ^^'^ ^^^'^'^^ to institute Boa.. .ha„ pioceeaings under this Chapter against all parents o-nnrdiflti^ ^•'"'^•^ ■"''■ents. and persons having charge^f clSldren re^di^ ir^^^ "-—o;^: V ho fail to comply with the law, unless ^ch mn^ r^re^^u- guardians, or persons satisfy the board that- P'^'^^'^'.h.w,,. (a) the physical or mental condition of the child of or under the guardianship of such person is such as Z i-eiKler attendance or instruction in a public schoo niexpedient or impracticable, or ^ (h) such child is being properly educated in readinnmir facie correct. Persons who may prosecute. Notice not to be condition prece- dent to prosecu- tion. ^^ COMPULSORY ATTENDANCE AT SCHOOL. 9^^- ^^- . (2-) No parent, cruardian, or person having charge of any S'Sms ff?^d„^*^all be exempted from the penalties mentioned in otherwise this l^ari, on the ground that the child in question has been educated. educated otherwise than in a public or approved private school, unless such child presents a certificate from the supervisor or principal of schools of having passed a satis- factory exannnation in the grade of work suitable to the child s age and previous opportunities for receivino- an education : and it shall be the duty of the supervisor or principal to examine at stated times all such children making application whose compliance with this Chapter is called in question. (8.) _ In any prosecution under this Chapter, the a--,. stated in the information shall be taken prima facie to be the age of the child. (4.) The board, its executive committee, or some person or persons appointed by them for the purpose, shall alon. have power and authority to prosecute or institute am- proceedings under this Ciiapter. 1895, c. 1, s. 84 (10). 16 Notice from the board shall not be a condition precedent to any prosecution under this Chapter, but tin- stipendiary magistrate shall exempt any parent, guardian or person from any penalty under this Chapter, on proof ol any of the reasons set forth in the next preceding section and tlie exemptions mentioned in this part. 1895, c. 1, s. 84 17. All penalties imposed and recovered under thi^ Chapter, shall be paid over to the board, and be applied by it towards enforcing and carrying out the provisions of tins Chapter, and the magistrate may in any conviction made under this Chapter, impose an alternative of imprison- nient m the county jail for non-payment of the penalty, such imprisonment not to exceed two days for each dollar of tliv penalty imposed; and in such case it shall not be necessary to issue any distress warrant against the goods or property of the person convicted, but such person niay be forthwith comnntted to prison if the penalty is not at once pai.l, 189o, c. l,s. 84(12). ^ ca^eofs'lcreur?- . ^^ / .^i^^eate uiider the seal of the board, an-1 ■ signed by the secretary of the board, that the name of any child mentioned in the sunmions does not appear on any school rt'gister of any of the public schools in the town, oi ^ that the child named has not complied with the requireineiit> I 1 ii"r ^^^'^ ^"^ which case the number of days attended shall be speciHed), and that the person summoned has bcii returned on the li.st to the board as tlie imreiU, Fines and penal ties, to whom paid over. Igua lrec( loffe he [due jboai |suffi lunk (that 'befo sucr( sum in hi • 11 the ( -Crea scrvi cliild Ol- pi C. 1,; 2C fschoc 'more ^'('ar, gnar( deem 21 mvo V tor te: ■ichoO' liours liabiti 22 indue* .'hapt jecretj )oard -ttend •f sue] With } notice incurr* '. 45, 8 23. >ther ■ SCHOOL. ving charge of any Ities mentioned in I question has been approved private I'tificate from the ing passed a satis- rk suitable to the for receiving: an the supervisor or all such children th this Chapter is COMPULSORY ATTENDANCE AT SCHOOL. 45 Chapter, the 'prima facie to be age ie, or some person irpose, shall alone or institute any 1, s. 84 (10). >t be a condition Chapter, but the parent, guardian, lapter, on j^roof of preceding section, t. 1895, c. 1,8.84 »vered under thi.'. ., and be applied the pi-ovisions of n any conviction ative of impri.son- the penalty, such 3ach dollar of tlie I not be necessary i'oods or property nay be forthwith lot at once paid, the board, and the name of any ; appear on any Is in tlie town, or the requirement> | •f days attended innoned lias beiii as the jjareni ■uardianor person having charge of such child sh-ill bpTHv.. -k ll^ boH^-d of V'''!''"V"'^^"T"S- ^"^ P^-«°f «^" the seal of ithe board or the signature of the secretary, or the pro- luction of any school register or list in the J^istody of ^the board, or any certified extract from the same, and^shall be sufficient evidence to warrant a conviction n any case unless the person summoned satisfies the i3istiSe Ithat he comes within one of the exemptions lereii,- iDefoi-e specihed or that the certificate presented by the Secretary IS in fact untrue, for which puLse the m-smi |ummoned shall be competent to give (^ide^ undeHa^h |n his own behalf. 1895, c. 1, s. 84 (13) f,P.n$T- f ■'°"!/'' the military or naval service of ^'='" "''^ '^p'"^- erv ce vH ^' -^-^ ^' •' ^'^ ^'^"^ ^°"t"^"« i" ^he said .ei ce ^^dllIe residing in the school section, nor to the ■hildren of persons visiting the school section foibules 1 r84 '(uT' ''""^ Pennanently residing therein. 1895, .clfoois if-iYrt'^V"^^'^?;''^:'' attending any of the public HaMn.ai hools, and reported by the teacher to be absent for en or '""""• Inore da^^, not necessarily consecutive, during any sc oo Iguaidian or person having charge of such child, .shall be .'offie^?^^::^j::;ziteK;^s tor ten or more days, not necessSSly^oLe it h. Id l^'^^^^ """ ^chool year, and found not to be attending any sXoot or ngaged in any proper employment durino're.ulai school >loul^s, .shall be deemed to be and shall be dealt" vWh am labitual truant. 1895, c. 1, s. 84 (Hi). nf^n ^^ T^ iP-*,?''" ^'^^'-''^ ^'^^^'^e Oi' '^ child is unable to C^ld who re- 'wVai d sti' '' f '^"-^ '''^'''' ''' -'1""-^ by thisIero.!%me -.naptei, and sends a notice in writing to that effect to Hip*''"""!'^ "»''''"''' .cretary of the board, and proves to the satilctn o? ^^"""• )oatd that such person is unable to induce such child to ttend school, such child shall from and after the receipt .f such notice and proof be deemed to be and shall be de Ut jyith as an habitual truant, and the person ,enL. sd n^ r?^^^^^^^^^^^^ 1 f penalties^nder this Cli^ter 23. Every habitual truant may, without wju-rnnf ..^Ha'-ifuai truants itllM' pro^'pqs h<> flvrA«f-'l „ • 'V' «/LllOUt wan ant or may be arrested - i.xi.-.e.s.s, oc ai rested un View and torth with conveyed ''"hT"'"^""* *** I 46 Chai'. 55. Habitual truant iiable to iiii- priaoninciit. Truant officer to lay information against habitual truants. Information and belief Bulficient to justify issue of warrant. Sciiool Board may past) liy- laws. Employment of child under age of III years. COMPULSORY ATTExXDANCE AT SCHOOL. to school by any truant officer finding such child beo-o-ina or wandering at large during the regular school hours iS any school year, unless such child upon inquiry fully Hatishes such truant officer that he has a valid ^excust schod ' S T"""? '^^''"^ ^^^P^^^ ^- "on-attendance"t from Hn.?^o f •^"'' T^ conveying to school may be made tiom time to time and as often as any such cliild is so f ound begging or wandering at large. 1898, c. 45, s. ]. 24 Every habitual truant may be committed to ohe snTfj; •^'' '^ ^."J ""^ P'^'"' established as a lock-up in such town for the imprisonment of children ofFendina against the provisions of this Chapter, for such term as the St pendiary magistrate adjudges, not exceeding one month Ihe magistrate may suspend the enforcentent of the sentence or commute it if he is satisfied that it is in the interest of the child to do so. 1898, c. 45, s. 2, part! 25. It shall be the duty of the truant or other officer appointed for that purpose by the board to lay information before the stipendiary magistrate against any child known or suspected by hi.n to be an habitual truant, or to be otherwise ofTending age inst the provisions of this Chapter. lWy«, c. 45, s. 2, part. . ^ 26. In any prosecution against a child for an offence against this Caapter, the allec;ation of facts which under the provisions of this tJhapter constitute an otf-^nee on the part of the child against the same, substan.iated by | tlieo^th of the informant, that the ^ame are true to tin: 4 best of his knowledge and belief, shall be sufficient to iustif v the i.ssue of a warrant or other process. 1898, c. 45. s. 2, 27. The board may make, pass and publish all necessary by-laws and ordinances concerning habitual ti-uants, and children between the ages of six and sixteen years who may be found wandering about the streets or public places ot the town d. ring school hours, and to prevent such children growing up in ignorance, and for the proper enforcement ot a ruu • and regulations made by the board tor more effectually cairying out the provisions and objects ot this Chapter, 1895, c. 1, .s. 84 (18). 28.~(1.) Xo child under the age of sixteen years shall be employed m the town by any person to labor in any business whatever during the school hours of anv schoo day, unless such child has attonidod some publir school or some approved private school, or has been other- wise instructe^ a penalty of not ieJs th.n . au'^' °"™'=<'> ^'' '"^le to doW... \m°l t, 84 ("ax" '■'"'*'■' ™' ™°'-'' """> «% ::l^tityt,^l'\l;■rdl^e;;;r^■•^^^ P«^nte all pVlf L^i;-t p":vS.;1^'ote. S dollar, nor more than «ty d„lra':f^°88.^c lZ%'\~lr; f>tr™:,iri^Ttrirr^or^:^.tt"jid iS- and no penalty is provided tLrP+Vn 7» ^ ^ ^^''^ptev. ;rn:,i;;\rei:'d'''''"« '^^ "^"p^-' ^^ ^"^' ■«'- - ' pTn!ei>t\mroZe:rr{he'1ri;ti/?o.'^''"'''i- not exceeding sixty dav« or hofh !? fi? {■ ""' "" P®"^'^' t^,+;», 1- ^ '^•-M>^ <^'«'>''", oi Dotn, at the discrpf.ion nf fi., stipendiary maiTstnif-.P iso^ „ i ,. o/,^J '^^^®"°" ^t the stipendiary magistrate. ISO-*), c. 1 84 (22; 4K Chap OO. Provisions of fSiliiiinar.v Con- victions Act, simll apply. COMPULSORY ATTENDANCE AT SCHOOL, 32. The provisions of " The Summary Convictions Act " shall apply to all proceedings instituted under this Chapter when not inconsistent with any expressed provision herein; and the stipendiary magistrate shall amend any summons warrant conviction, or any document, to make it in accord- ance with the evidence. 1895, c. 1, s. 84 (23.) SCHEDULE. Resolved, that the provisions of the second part of "The Towns' Com pulsory Attendance Act," shall be made operative in this town. 30L, nvictions Act," r this Chapter •vision herein ; any summons, e it in accord- ) CHAPTER 52 AMEXDED. 49 riie Towns' Com- town. I An Act \o^mend Chapter 52, Revised Statutes, 19CX), Of Public Instruction." .. follouT^"' '^' '''' ^^^•^'--' ^^--i], and A.ssembly. thilrd,:t;^:L^:.^^'"^'"'^' 'y ^^'^-^^ ^^^ ^^- -d thereof --x;;^^-,Tistet:.= sch^Isofn^sroi^ecK '''• P""^^^^^ «^' t'- .seliools, the t me emnloved h, . f '"''"'T^ °^' ^''^^^'"^ the reouired ton., .f .'"P/°y®^ ^y teachers of his staff who are th2r ' teXVLe ir^^lS °' ^"^ ^' ^^^^ departn'erl institutes wtt th^'eon ent oT h"'' .^' ?'^^^" educational lost by the necessL-v cC o L i "^ ' ''"'^ ^*'' *""" conditions a ^hHiesence of In f ''°^^ «»,f^ccount of such reckoned as a thoS L?!l ?°"*!^'°"« ^^^ease, shall be teaching oii a o r f f! ""^' ^5"'" "^ '^^" ^^ ^^tual co^ti^sp.::t:;i^r:^^,^ according .o the ■schSui; rr^acfiSthe'fdr'""^' 'f'- ^" ^^- ^'-d «peaita and the following substituted therefor: 4 50 CHAPTEH 52 AMENDED. 'THIRD SCHEDULE.- Teacher's Oatw.— (Section 105.) ' " ^ i Vk ■ o ■ ■ •• ;;;••• -^ "^ '^"'^ licensed teacher of class ... ••••■;••.; *'* ^r "?^''n*=e of Nova Scotia, make oath and say that T have taught and conducted scliool in school section No „„:;■ i ('*'"' ^'^^""^'^ "' .in accordance with law, foi the periou 01 authorized teaching days, from the day of to the day of .during the school year, ending July, 19U ', beine^^ • • • : tl'iys duriDg/»-.s< half-year, and* t ,]„?.= during secoj,d half year ; that in addition^ I was employed as specified in the regulations ot the (.'ouncii, Nos for* days, namely : § that the prescribed register has been faithfully and correctlv kept i)v' n'le in every particular as prescribed, and that to the best of my know ledge and belief the total days' attendance for the year in this school, made by the enrolled pupils in the said period was * f . . . . . . . . ; that my agreement with the trustees is in accordance with' the statutes and regulations, and that there is i.o collusive understanding bv which any portion of the agreement is to be made of no etlect Tmclui Sworn to at , {„ the County of , ihig da', of , A. D., . , before me, i , J. P. , in and for the County of j *The numbers to be expre88e« "lank following to be Hllod SHerc specify tlie employnient with date. TOWNS' INCORPORATION ACT ACT. 51 * I 3d teacher of class fl ^^B TOWNS T^iTPnun^T, . ' - ; 'l'*y of 1 11)00 ) '^'^'"^^•^ ^>/ ^oca Scotia, ^^ , being'- M * ♦ flays fl * * ed as specified in ,H * ♦ «' HOOLS. • 151 Tl ectly kept Lyme 1 ^1 10 control and m!,n«!L. '^'' f wparate .school section «n,^a. ; • r:. . :". " | -"■^i'^"' ^ the provision o? i r'T'*!°™"'' »''■<' «i>a" "■ :ord.n« with ,h» ■ "nd perform the duties contW. l .^ "''• '""« ">« Powers .na„»u„.i„, ., I ru,teo« by the provl:;;™tt-' T ,: E iZ'r '' "P°» -^ *■ ^- -J-, «. 77, part. "^ J^fiucation Act." ihq:^ 7WAO-. W , "^ ,• , ^»*^ council .shall at fh« t,- . I ;»""'^' election, or ,so .soon the -eate,? '"'''^"^' ^^^'^ the Appoint...... or I ^'*^eo of it.s number to he ,.1. I T P^'^^cticable, .select T"'?''*'""'''' I *-'very .such annual electiW^^l^^^^^^^^ °* T^^ '^^'^'''J- and a '"^''°°^^'*"- ■ prev,ou.sly selected ,sLl • f h ^^- ""' "^ ^^^^ three persons -J^J-ciUechoJl-^^^^^^^ ono...,. .«„. ^.4,,K>inted.aHd u;.^;^^ ,Sn o/'"^i"^'^^ -spe^^e^ ■^'"tll be appointe.1 who Hha^^ho\dl '"f *?'"'^' sticcessoi^ every person appointed, in l.s fo-'.^;'' *"' ^"'Ty-'^. and J'old ofhce tor three years ex^v .? "'V"»^V^.P"'ecl tenn. shall ^vl.s.; provided. "^ '' '"^'"P^ «« '" this section ^ther tk^^'^^^^^^ r^r-^r^- -derx. lamation incorporating th.. ^ •^''"'^' after the nro-^*"""^" "'«? be , ^^ - eon iuncti.tn :^^ ^^li'T^f "^ ^^^^ P--'- ^> «"-- -own council at its ti.-.st .nec^i,^. i • " ^' 'M^pointe.l by the """""'"'""'• (*•' ^t,;;'hr'''"" f ■-- '™'-^^ ""'" '"''' '■""' "-'';u„<-il .shall .ippointtwo'l'L!'' '''■'"•'""y ""3 (i..vemo,-"-.......l.,. »-<"inicil iitthe time of,,'. ? "'.'""■'I I'J' Hie ( i.ivernor- """*""•• T: '■'"' "f two ye,ux :,!,. H„:'','.l',"".""l"',!' .»'-" .-.•tire "It lU'e k!d aim. years, ancl every per^m ''>inee for tjn ■e-' years, unless appointed \ appointed shall for !Ui unexpired 52 TOWNS IXCORPORATIOX ACT. Governor not to appoint member of Council. Vaoancy in board, how fliled. Pow erti of board. Clerli, Chair- man. Adjourned meetings. K4ti*uch amount to t" e Imai'd on the warrant el the cliairman. (M.) The council shall advance to the board all such suiii>| as are loutid iieeesHaiy to defray tlie cuirent rxpense.s ..; tlie pul)lic sdiools pending the collection of the rates, aiiij towns' ixcorpokatiox act. lie town council icil as sucli coni- 3I1 commissioner ted a member of atli, resignation he Governor-in- e may be, sliall ?xpired term, or ,- be. ISOo, c. 4, have the exchi- ; schools of tlie I control of the mce and repair eachers in sucli Idinsfs, and shall :e all necessary rnment of such •k and treasurer by the members second Tuesday lace to be Hxcil H'iven by him to ) a date not later lied, and in tin- leetino', the c\v\\< ' of meeting', ot y member of tlif t such meetiii.: convenient aftci lors, furnisii tin iiired for selioi'i he sum reiiuirci f debentures di t of the jiurch.i IdintfH, or otln 1 the amount w , and the couiici II the warrant <»l ird all such suin* ent expenses )i the rates, uiiiJ s. 77 (.5). ««tnnated and rated. J895, c. 4, 158. The estimate furnisIiMr] K.r +1 provided in the next pre"e ' 'r seth-n counni.sioners as E,ti.„.te ,h«n ^"1.1 all cliecksdmwn lolZlnll n i "^'T "" "'•'= o'tlered ""*■ provision for or pZ' over'tlTe' ^u!!'''^V "'?^^^^^ ^^ make Po-r of .K,ard to be necessary d i,;^^' ^^^ -^--ted by the board n^o--^ ••<,"y portion of such c]i thereof as is so .S oZ^,?V'VJ '^"^'^ «»>"- or so l;-o.n any bank or pei son who wH . f ''' ""' ^f ^° ^'^'i^^^^^J' tI.e amount so advanced mavh.Ti Tf ^**" ■^^'"^' ^"d •■''1 action against tie ou n f """^^'^^^^^f' ^y the lender in V'-yobtain^tlK.4nro riLnllTr-^r.^^ "•' ^'"^ board •^•;l-»tm.e or debentu'ri^", L'^^^^^^^^^^^ schedule to this Chanfpr fV... i ' ^ '" the tirst -ot exceeding t[veTa;L''!t^^ ''1"'"'^ *''"' °^ ^^"^'^ tiny determine from ini^ n r '"''' '?^^^ "^ interast, as sl'all constitute a debt due h. h'' T'^ ''''^' 'l''bentures I'^quiredtopaythe ntL'^'fc,^,,^' 'Til T'^ '^^ «"•"« |tl.e estimat^f sums r^n i Id S'T" T^'^" ^*^ "'^'"'^^^ '» '•y the board, under t e'n v j '''\!'^il'''''P^^^^'^ ^nvmnhea #'• 4, s. 77 («) provisions of this Chapter. 1895 * 161 08 * 161 \ii J^l.ali be liable Ztl!;?';.eXlnndif or"'?" i'^""" ^'^^ town, r>e..o..t.n«. '■ -^. •^. 77 (9). i*^"" '"ption ot such debenturen. IS-Oo^^rTintwr ^ '^^""^ ''iand.'c,mr;n);r:;;;^,t ^r' r /^ ----^s?---^ ^^ -traordinary imZ^mltr':;' t'^^l^^^ -^^=- lea-d.) "f" purchase "lift anv ..vV,".." .')•""'""'• '"'-^ "^'^ ^c'lool builrlinp- m-K'"'^''''"'' ^t uuj «'\traordinary nnnrovenuoifu fi Y "«■ 01 for extraoni 'I'Ply to theeouneil wl,,, s V .' ^'"' b""'"'' shall f'i- -i-'M |"thori.e the same. ' "'""" ''"^"" f''^' povver to "' Hpng i uur- 54 Payment of interest and principal. Debentures. Board to be appointed in every town. Property tiixed towns' incorporation act. (3.) All amounts so borrowed shall be repaid, with interest at a rate not exceeding five per cent., by equal annual instalments, not exceeding twenty, and shall be a charge upon the ratable property in the town. (4.) The council may issue debentures, with interest coupons attached, ni the form L in the first schedule to this unapter, tor any money so borrowed, and such debentures 11 '^on?"'''^ ^y *^'^ '"^'^'o^' a»d countersigned by the clerk. 1895, c. 4, s 77 (10), part. ^ 163. In every incorporated town in which such board has not been constituted tlie Governor-in-Council shall apponit two suitable persons, who, together with the per- sons already appointed or to be apiDointed as school com- missioners in such town, shall until such board is constituted torm a board of school commissioners for the town, and shall have all the powers and perform all the duties of such board as detiued in this Chapter, except providing and disbursing the moneys rcjuired for the management of the schools, 1895. c. 4, s. 7(S. ii.oiherHKtions }^^ ^^' ''^'^^l i^^d peisoiial property within the town to«';;: '"^""•^^ '" y^^'^ ^o taxation for school purposes in oilier sections under he provisions of "The Education Act," or any amendment hereof, shall be exempt from taxation for the sHi>port of the schools of the town. LS95, c. 4, s. 95, part. SPKCrAI. SCIIOOI, KATK. flr'-mrpr^^^^^^^^^ 165. -(1 ) The town clerk shall each year add to th." achcVrtir "total at.uual assessment within the town, the asses.sed valur ot all property outside the town liable to taxation for th<. support of the schools of the town, and shall deduct from the total sum so obtained the assessed value of all propertx- within the town liable to taxation for school purpo.ses in other sections nnder tlu provisions of "The Education Ai t, or any Act m amendment thereof, and from the amount ot va nation .so ascertained, and from the amount re(|uiieropertv real and p.Ms„nal. ownc-d l;y such person within the munioirialitN but lying outside the town limits, an.l the council sha'ij annmilly at the time when other town rates are col- lected authori>;e the collecting of such special rate cii the assessed value of such outside proi)ertv 1H95 r> 4 H HM. 95(1), n.-i, part. ' ' - — Bohool ratiH. >e repaid, with cent., by equal and shall be a 'n. 9, with interest schedule to this luch debentures ■rsigned by the lich such board i-Council shall * with the per- as school coui- ■d is constituted the town, and i duties of such providing and Lifjenient of thr ithin the town •sections undei- n}' amendment the support of rt. 166. TOWXS' INCORPORATIOX ACT. 55 ns to appeals'' al JZt^TT\''^ • ?^ Assessment Act " Mun^.pa, town sh^ll b^'c'olj: v7y bol'd" .SI';"" Z i^^P-^-ted t^T^Ur^f perty outside the limits of the town bnn''^'^''' ^'^'"' P^^' ^tnd valuation, by the entries in \Z ' ' *"' ^° ownership the assessors in the dtitlZ a- T-^'^'^^''^ roll made by "unncipality, Z tL town fssetor? h ^'T^^""^ ^'- town assessment roll shairbe Sdln i-\ '"^^'"^ "P ^^'' property outside the limits of ^t^^ town bV'''"^'"^ «^ •sons resident within its limits blX ?'^"'^" 1° P'^"' property so made bv the sev^^n) n ^ """^"^^ «^ «"ch tive Wessn^ent rolL hro'Jrut fhr"" '" '^r' ''''^'''^ c- 4, «. lip, part. ^'"o^^^Mout the nuinicipality. 1895, ear add to the I assessed value XHtion for the 1 deduct from [>f all property )ol purposes in rhe Education )m the amount lount ro<|uiiv(l year, h»^ shall J tion necessary- 1 Ix' a special ' every person property, real ' nuniioi|)aIitv coun(;il shail i iltes are col- 'cinl rate on lH!>i), c. 4.1 "m 56 COMMEXTS AND REGULATIONS. COMMENTS AND BBGULATIONS OF TH1i» COUNCIL OP PUBLIC INSTRUCTION THE Sri'EKINTEXDENT. Councirof |"F"/'"^''"^ "^ Education, as secretary of the ofl^ifl^^ \^^^^ ''^^" administer the statutes o Pubhe Instruction m accordance with the reirulations of the Council i-eservinft- for its special action any eTardin aryor doubtful case for which ap; -opriatepro'^si^o^^^ i:ot appear to have been made. ^ ^ 2. He shall issue a formal reijuisition to tlie nrovinoi.,] ^nnnnl^"' "'?"• '?,''^ Published as supple.nentary to his a nual report, in the Journal of Sducation (which shal^ ?ieamounto?rhe'""'''^-"f ^'" ^^^"'^^^'«» Department . cne amount ot the provincial grant paid every half sclionl airuir:?'th''''""-""t^? "^ t^-^ pubii^s^iooK'tt Zri ^f ,^h^ J»»nicipal school fund paid annually to P o'liarx ' ''^ '^f'T ncensed,Vhe o-radiSs o? Schonir H -""'^'i '^'''°°^ ^"^ o^" t'^e Provincial Hioh Schools, the pr,.v,nc-ial examination .juestions and coursed aw t^lCroH^' ''^'^'"^ --"-^--ts oi'theTh^o' frtir;ub,i:'cCis. "'"•'"'"" ^^^'"'"'^>' •»-- "-^^^ niSTRKJT BO.VKDS. good ,si.e. Except in le el 1X1 1 1 ""^T"'''* ''^ '.•''^'*" «^°^''>"'* "^ le8s than four niiU i en;\l 1. '^t"''''"'"^''.'" "*=''*'"" '^•'""'^ be not exert its i..fluin!e an,l u tl n if v tn " ""^ •^'"'V "^ '^^'''^'' '^^^^^'^t board ta '"'ml,er ,if inhabitan h em b I, h pi'e^eive wlieiever praeticable, m.el, a i"ore dens -ly settled L/w'f^^^^^^^^^^^ to then, to be sustained in all the of one HCH^tim. o a L'^tl e m tl nnw P'- ^^" '""";'' Pfefe.enee in favor ii.terfere with tl e rosm^ "^ ''"'7"'' ?'"'"''' '»^ 'i""««J t.. 1>ou,u1b should a wayri e 1; 'nned 1 'n'""'l ."^ "'•'■"""• ^"^1' the seetions to eduSte thd. c Tl ^' '"" T'-'" ""' l"'"P''^' "^ ^11 '••anner. 'I his cat b, nf m . 1"''' " '" ''"^ "'''"t efh.ient ancf econon.ieal prior to the settlement of -J Ze, en ; eZ e.l in^ '^T 1'"' '''^'' '^''''' the authority of the annual nTepH, .V a ^i *° '>' '''*" t'"«tee8 un.ler i" '".".Hlaries sha n t klSt ^f^^^^ '"'' »"""'•';' ""^^ alterations «<'iiool year th " (' ,n, 1 . . '''.'' ''^■«'"'"%' "^ H'e next ensninu regular-a.;nual n,e^;^^' f' r^^ "'"<'-."lv a, thH always be notified as early as rSle nf H. 1 • ■".^'''''"•'.'\"»';<«^"'I *^l""e allowed to si'clions. Siu'h lie people of all urn economical j1 sections. In of any section, not take effect trustees unP'i<^tI toi .s.^ctions, and for the creation SL ^^'^V'^«"n^l^"-ies of accompanied by fullinforn!!? '^- ««^t'^n«. '"ust be affected by uch ic^^s TK'"'- '^^'1? ^" ^'^« "^^erests re<,m>erl when it?s nS^ "iformatmn is particularly should iticiude pi:::^^z:^x^:^jit'''' ^"' ^ tion to the Section n,. ...„'2- T ^^ ^'^^ "*^w sec- .let.ched,.-tht^^ erS;;.nre/'1^^ If ^^ ^^ ^^ of ratepayers and childi-Pn nf "^ 1 •' ^^^'^o the number 'UiK>utit'ot^ts.serble o 'Ttv V'l .f lT"^ , "^*^' ^^"^^ ^^'' 7 A c f 1, Y'*'^'^"'^ P opei ty, ni both old and new sections Lave force until mtiHer by tl,e Council IT ?""'^'' ''"'," tlie .luty of the insnectoi of ich, „? " i ■ ' ''""''>' """'« "f the tli.,tnct bo, S, to for va"- [ e^niri eio?tS7ors::,'"T'^ ''r "•» ■="■""""«• "^ " ' Th . insDectK„II K ^7*^' '° '*■' ''"''='■«'' '" *'« n.inut.s. Mn.ahle school accommodation for S ,.. 'in ■''^'""*'' ^''T''''' ""'^"«« -t-ction. accoi.ling to its abil v T L 1 ' '7' '" P'"'^»'«l by each NnipIc.p.nti.uioftliereHourcesnVth. "" P'ovi'Ies means by which an -.tion may be dev.ite f o r:,^ '^ "r""'^"'' "^ Vi"' '"'"''"'""tH of ea,.h Uwh board to insist that t ,'.;);' . *"' ""''•«»''««: and it is for '•^' '■.....plied with T -o nc ." '""' 'T'T^'^"" -lomands of the law it'--.'..-iseof thispo "e, ,"'K, T;Zrt *'"' 'r' •:'"" """"'« ^ "'..'^sjoners. and that the trus Js .f tl '".""•"' ""'V''"^' "^ the com- ' I..- declaration made an.l itstnse; uem'es '' " '"""''"'i'^^-ly ...'tiHed of u'':Ji:''tJ'':^t tSs"";n?"s'h' v-' "^^ -^ "»"""• -^*"-- ...'le« in ,Iiam.>t..r, unless fslr< J •■ .'''?"' ''''•^'°" '^^'^ ^L"" f<>. f "' small sections i'uiww>i foiniation "•„;;"■■?, -■ i«3;T':i,u':or;::':.;!;.;'";;;,^- ,:'■;;""' '«■ "i- "i.™ "■•■tiin,;. ""> '"'"• " >""1"1 "'itli or«F«,„.|„l i,„„ ,;,|„V 58 rOMMEXTS AM) REGULATIONS. IXSI'KCTOHS. >Science Scliools AarioX .1 sT'"? '^'■'^"°^''^' I>ome.stic c inon ot cithurs affecting educational interests iniunon<,0?' which lie cannot effectively adjust. "liunouslv , 13. He shall at the end of fl.r> k„k the close ot the yea, malr'^ts ': f SupS-nfendent and school correct y accordino- to l-iw • .,,,ri T ™' '^^^c'><^» with such other information as may be re'wiT l form called the "school directorv " Sr.!?! ^ • ' , *'''' agreements between teachers and trustees for kss tMi o.^ year, to which he consented '"' 15. In the inspection of schools he shall record h,\ observatioiLs in the form indicated by the Wc ois U o whi'hninlfbT^'" !•' V'^' ^^^"^^^^-» iCtmen^ te den Tl f "'"'"^ ''''^'" ''^^^l^''-^^^ V the Nuperin- tendent. Ihese notes suggest the more important subiects oi inquiry and examination. Fuiuini suDjtcts The following points should also be noted : ['t) Imie .■should he tiikeii to I'lml.l.. .m ;..f,ji; , ^ • i formed ..egar.liug the , las^ihvft ! n ^ ' Z ^ ^'H ^S '? ''f - two..o„duc,e.l In- the teacher. ^.J^t^Uis .^^1:C::::Z^::;. s. 3 district board 7 within its own e jurisdiction of school liouse is J 57 (2). ations speciHed . the inspector irection of the liis inspectorial r>ols, Domestic irnment Xioht ceipt of public and it shall be IS promptly as apmont or con- its hijuriouslv, year and at Superintendent ' teachers and form prepared each teacher e shall paj^ to mt as directed t by the rst chools opened, juired, on the openino- later dy report " of shall be made id September, note cases of les.s than one 11 record his pector's Note :!partment, to the Superin- tant subjects .jiulgineiit to lie tliL- inetliods of iitained.aiid the A ifia.s.s fxercisi' 111 disjit'tioii or co^r^rE^n•s axj) regulatioxs. \r) 59 test tiL linowledge vnd m-„;t4 f ofS' '" f T^ P^^''*^'-"^^ •lucstions ai.,1 re.mitenicnfH tmn.« i , 'l''"'" }^' appropriate opportunity nrnv^M £',:!; ''"'"H' '""^"*''^ illustrate, as sympulietic manner, y./ /L-o Sf ""l? T ti""' '" \'*"""'^' ^"^ pupils should l,e Ic, to reLard t f , • ?^\ ^ '*' .^^'''^'"^'' **'"' '"■' occasion of real importa^uc^ This 1;".'^ o t,, ,,p„,t„,. ^^ ^^^ care is taken by the ..wt,.r to a.?, ? ^\" ''^ furthered if great status of the school. Kl'odd he hn!^?' "'" '"-'T'. «'J"^«t'"nal teaching approves it.self In lo Inl? ■"• ,""""^ ^''^^ eflective school as a whole. The tea.l or who . iT'^i'"' '* P'''"^""'« "" t'le nient of h„t a few ,^ ht „ ,n ' ' *°''?';^' ^'^^^^^^'^^ satisfied with .such a sate of h[^ f 'y'"'^' ^'"'"'•^'- and if of his duty. ^^^^ °^ *'""«'^ ''^^ ''=^« l^ut a low conception in a less period tha one 1?. 1 ^f n'-^^^ ordinary sc'hool at leas tZ, i n rs will h 'l'?-'' •'"',""*"''•, • * '"'• '^" eases a full half-day will Ifnm, ""J""'«^<^ a»^^-^'- '- 1.. ealion and general ina il/. m f ,f ' "'""•;"V '"• m the classiH- a xiew to the prese r - tS f e t T "'^'""^ ''" ''^ '^^'^'■^^■•'' ^^if' to reserye liis su.r.^t , ' ^ ,1 'f'^^''^'l' ^ '".ame .uul :;;idr^ o? uiv om''^;'H' Tl' '"''^ ^"^^"'"^ ^'"^ ^■-^^■ther transn i t .?] o ; i P!''»HptIy as po.ssil)],., to bo o_, V "^"^"""t-rl to the Sup(-rnit.'ndf'!if nV thr H-l-T-^ 60 COMMENTS AND RE'g'H- DiX.. f'l .. Annapolis. .. . '. ', Aunaix.Iis West. .*) L'- -Annapolis Kast. ii'-'K^ King- .Hants " ^ Hants AV^est. No. (j. " . ■ • : •, Hants East. •< -Antigo.'iisli Antigonish. " <.nysl)ofo (iuvaboro. No. 7.' ■ ,> "t, St."Maiy's. »' TJi-eton Cape liieton. No H Kiclnnond Riolunond. " ■.■;.;; in venH^ss Invornees Soutl... " . . . Inverness North.. No. 9 V u-tona Victoria. " ;;;;;; '';;^"" J'ictou souti!. " " ■ , , , Piueeii.s. tJi Quteiis. Ijurne. ■iiigton. nunit!). yle. ajxilis West, ipolis Kast, ts AVest. :s East. ^oiiish. boro. (ary's. iJretoii. nond. •nees South.. ness North.. iria. u .Soutli. u North. lestfi- Soutli.. lestff West. "g- •erluiid. COMMENTS A.\I) ltK(;(LATI(>\S. 6J •iiro. niissioners oi' Inrlieated as eteriniue, in <1 of trustees eancy iu tlie 'tor to (lefer- ;t boai-(l .sluill \v. irst iiieetino- 11(1 [)lace for t}i(> re(]uiiv iihle. WluMi I'tin^' will be ^■^r a sp(H'iaI "ly IKjtifie'd tll'InT"- "^ u"J?''^^' "*■ ^^'' '^^^^-'^ '^^ trustees is compe- tent to transact busniess only when all. the memberT/nr^ rmn-dcf """'' '^ '''^"" I"^^^»*' ^''-'''' be carefnMy s.l.ol.rs are niaki. g sure vmilvL t .^^^^^^^ ^" •'^^" ^"'^^ ^l'^-" intellectual an.l .noral-i.fSrt tl t f ho ' '^''^'^ V" l'>*^ «^1'<"-1 Loth ^Hhu^ationofthev,nu.ga.-c hoi rta /^^^ f'"'' •""'^'''' '••^' *''« preside. All n.av uot he able I fo ■„ n /'' "'''■*''•" "'■•-■'• ^^■'"''■'' t'"'V aspeet. hut .Kuurean fa^l to est , f '^ '' ^}"^'''"'''^ '^^ i"telleetual Wliile the hiw ,loes .u.t sanetS he <, "'''' '^' ""'"^^ '""> """•*'■' »""•-•• poeuliar views wi.iel dm S U^^l fdiT^ 'V'?' ^"''?^'" ^^'""^'^ "^ ^'"^ lians, it does insfnwt the twul.ir >' o ii>^ ^ '^ "^' <''"*- .cspeet for religion a, tUo tLilV^^^^^^T^^^^^ fuitees the pe.;^h. .n^sf lollk t^ e 'Slirlc^^^!" H -""'"^'^n'" ''/' ^'"^ ■s c^ua-jt With the s^ru of the J;^LS iu^' 'i^:,'^^^^^ t.r tt.:!ttp "iJz t;i^:^;r •;! t:i- ^ri' hen- parents: And whereas, H„ch proceedit t! sco^larv^ , t K. prntcples of the school laM^ the fol]o^vino. rc^ifS "iude for the dn-ectjon of trustees, the better to ensurH^ can^nt.^ ..U of the sph-it of the law itt tl^s b. X ^^ '''' L i/uKucn n actual attendance on any public sehonl nr- department st^ni^^ in writing to the t^t ^ t^ r Ion •sc.entious objection to any portion of such devotionai ^f u::;^,:ter^t^hr'r^^v'>^'^-^"^ ""^^- ^^'^^^ VI uit t nstees. such devotionai exercises shall either he ^n uutciin^r oi hjuil be held immediate y before the tii.u^ hv Hi for the opening, or after the time ffxed for the clo of the dany work of the school: and no children whose i^:^ shall^f "" fr7 -nscientious obie^r 23. In every section in which more than one teacher i^ l^-ii.ployed, ,t shall be the duty of the school board to ar point one as principal of ttll tl^e schools of the sect oii X all be the advisory officer of the board with Tfe^ence to t ;;ener.l management of the schools, and shall brrJsLx sible, together with the board and its secretary foi tZ harmonious co-ordination of the work of each sc iooi demrt lion ot tlie statistics ol each teacher's return in the o-Pnernl i-oturn required to be made by the section ^ ''^^ Hu I T- ^H?""'*"''.^ tJianone school building in the section, the principal teacher in each shall be «2 r'OM.ME>fT.S AXI, linaiLATlOX.S. 1 uie unildni^, but suborflmate to the o-pnPr«l refe rod to m tho prece.iinc. r>ara^raph. ''''" (/>) llio pnncpal of tlie .schools of ke section oik] (c) When the .schools are .so nui.iernn« .,. + Phovlnx'e of X(jva Scotia executors and administratoif of nl i . , "1 ^^'"^ ^^'''''''■ by those presents Sp?r-n ''"l' ''^'''' °^ "«' ^■"^''^- -__d-iv ?r t" ./^'^''^^^^ ^^i.t^» ""»• «ea]s and dated tliis-Jl- hundnS an7-r_!!^'"irj^L""- ^^^^ --^ ^hou.sand nine ^I'hereas, 1'he .said i,.,., i i , ^owthe condition of this oblioation is .such th-it if H> of ,? I '"''^\.'V^/ '"^^^ei- ^ippertain to the said office bv virtue fnrn.f '*^^"V^'"' Province, and shall in all respeTts co in n\ ;.s. I of tlie school.s to the general l« of the .section ph. the section and V hi each scJiool '^t class license principal of the HI two teachers, •I'incipal teacher >'•« than three (class C) shall ctor as justified ^ as to re(jiiire i schools of the of the regular as the super- form of bond COM.MEXT.S AND REGULATiOX.S. \VE, (name of w) as sureties, vereign Lord lited Kingdom II the sum of be paid to our for the true of us by him- rid the heirs, of us, Hrmlv 'Jated this — 1 lousand nine ily appointed school \, that if the ime to time, ce in the said -s and dutif's ice by virtue ■espects con- regulations isiied for or 6a in respect of the said office- and if ,.r. said office, he shall forthvvUh r Tf"'^', ^'' ^>«'^ ^^'^ tnistees of the said sc^^ol ^ct on"r. ' J""^ "^'"" '' '^'^ office, on the order of the trn^. n u ^'^ ^"'' ^^^^essor in l^'^me of Secretary] (SeaL) U^ames of Sureties.] {Seals) 'Signed, sealed and delivered) m the presence of j [JVame of Witness.] ' frc^one yS^ t^LXr "^^^"^ '^ '''^''^^^ - office fe^ive a new bond, proSd tl 1 " r"'™'^^ ^'^^* '^^ ^^^^^d sufficient sum and the ,,1'.^ T }' '^^'^^^^^ ^^ ^ trustees. suieties are satisfactory to the 26 r J »«c.,eta,.y" emSS™ by X ™l,S'l I;!:'.? " "■"•'^' '"■ "'« '"■y sun,, it shal) be allowable f„ri,!«' '" "" ™'>^ °i iou,nn,i,si„„ i„ levying the ateime'.t" "''"" '" '"''' ""^ TEAOHKK.S. ^ ^''•"^4s:^itsl::^i°r^^^ a I communication with the inspect!-) when ''* ^^- ^'^^^^ ^ teach in any school, must oiftJ ! ffi-^t ! ^'^'""^."C'ng to I .ncumbency, mail or othei^ise di^v^? f '"^ ^^ '^^^ I \vnting to the inspector of ^ f^- 7^ f V ^'^"^J » notice in ^ the class of licenrheT]'^,^ ^t?/t f ' "^'"?'^ ^'^« ^^^t. i period of engagemei^ tip tw ^'''^ ^J"^ ^^^^^^^. the trustees. and^S," of s 1 ooT sectL '^' ''''''^y «^ •^n^aged. (A teacher intSdit to tn? T'T P^-^^^'io"«ly ■superior school grant oh! ^ compete for a cla.ss " A '' siiould also at thfs t?mp InJ- . '"^^^ agricultural grant is a candidate) ksintS' fVT^ for wlA he teacher in giving siich not W fT. °" ?'^' P^^'^ "^* the 'iaMe to the Ioss%f pro tdw 1 ''"'^f' '""' °^' ^^«^- proper notification. wClere.r "^ . ° '^'^ ^'^^« "^ N' a section, such intim It n^ "'°'"' ^^''^" '^^^ principal or supei^ sir of H,' ^''^^ T'"" t'^^'«"«h the 1=-:^;)- ]-%^=^ a^;i s^s^L -~ ^e -64 COMMENTS AXD REGULATIONS. irreLnilar attendance of mmUs Ts tSu nfl.T^''°" ^^' \^''' abnence and wlufe the pecuniary rewSrcoLSS'n^', "^"" ^'"' ^''*^ ^^^^^er, ' •anoeof pupils at school aredi^Sfmm ZZ ^V'^^ T^ '^-'S"''^'' '^"'^n^'' results cleailv tend to nrevo. i H. *'^''™ "'« Pepple to the teacher. Tlies. of responsihilitj i X?e't an nf^rn '^"f I'^r'^P'^^nt of aenti.nen thus measurahfy defeot X oMee^o? tie whlT^' '*'':'' °^T*' ''''-'^*'""' ^'"' every child in the province °'^ system-the education of f....^?... "^'^ ^I'f ^-^^t^ ^»d agreements between trustees an-l teachers must be m wnting. The rate of pay to be receive by e teacher from the trustees must be a hxed an dehnite su.n or stipend, and must be distinctly named the aoreement. The amount which the trustPP^ become entitled to receive from the fund ai eTu eou2 assessment being necessarily uncertain and unkLwn i he date of such agreement, it shall not be Wu for th teacher to agree to receive such unknown a'ld uncerta 30 FdllM OF AOIIEEMEXT- Me,„„,.,„,d„„, „( Ag,...e„,„„t ,„ade and entered into tl„. part. ot the secDiuI The said (name of teadier) on his for lier"* nn.f ,\, « rblieTr T-'"^'''^' ''■"K«>"y and faithfuly to ^^ac ' slid r '".'," """' ''™"°" ""'^'"- «'« authority of 11 And It IS tnrtluM- mutually aj;roed that botli narties i t ns ajriwnient shall be in all Tesnects siil,i."ot ti^l Witne.ss, FA' .v., ^ , f r A7-_^ - ^jf _.. , \lSame at (earhcr I '^r quarterly. ' lOXS. ni, since the pecuniiu\ jion by tlie al)sence aiili I upon the the teachoi , trgeand regular attend e to the teacher. Tlies,- elopment of sentiments mts of each section, ami stem— the education (,t bween trustees aii1 year in eciunl both parties tc iject to the pro ns made und.i iiction. ' pro.sentsi huM and year fii'st o/ fcar/if'r_ \ ■< of trustees | I CO.MAtENTS AND KEGULATI0N«. 6'5 t;'acher, or a true copy tWof ^Tf '" "■"*«« ""J .S..p<.rinte„dent of Elueat „" tioh ? u '° ,''''P°'' '» '!>« o-a. Ihe o-niut iwiv-iKi,. 4- i-u t'-'frtttiniation. vineial treasury £lt^^X:7tl ''"™, f-"^ P™" the sum or rate specified in th,.! ' " ' "^ atldition to, '^nd shall be V^<^hyS^^SuS""T''^^^^^ tlu-ou^dt the inipeeto^of iho 1^ •"'^''"' "^ ^^'"cation •^'^'l of the first half of the s ho'd '^"""^^"""^^Jly. after the of the school year respec ve v Th'^'^- T^ ''^''' ^^''^ «i««e Mill virtually be a navmenf ^" ^''^* ^''""^ payment, which tl.o scale of fhepreSyl'"^"^"^"^' •^''^" ^^^ based Tn Thes; of pZ, 'li^S^ Jr:;SS t'nJJSrr^'^^"'^"^ °^ -'«^-t teachers <>''(.s.v A If aches. * -^nt ti:;r';,!rt:iu:''o"f' '^■""' " ""-*?»«- l«ovire,l li.ne is „„,,,'-"'" «"P«nor schools Hfteen high ,00 m , ,'K:,' ""'"T, °' "' '*-' "n'l piovMe,! he f„lH s ,11 ,"7 l'.'*^'"^? 'I»'l)artn,ent, ^'..vli be ranked .s ' aI'-' ™' ,".' "- i"»I«ctor, vnic: il AM rate of 4\n ... *! '"" '" "'« P™- . -t^o„ ,«, of thVLvt" 'SeSmi::'"' "■ ^■'""^'«' «2. ii^nt;,;,' s"'tf :,r"""' °*' ■" '-»' '- "f at least t,.n h "h ,ei,„o? ""i'''"'''" ""■'"•'""ce teacher in a hi., ll '"''"'"■ "'■ "■ cl"™ " A" average tt „ S , '"l' ."■"""■'■"^■"t who ha.s an pupils" „ot CO, "el / Lt' '""'"y iKl- »ehool l"'"Mle,| ,he school ^,f •*^, ,"■" ""'"'■ ''-'"^''"r. -pcrior schools ;,;r,i ri, K.s*;';;:.';'-':?''^^''! '■»'■ been satislietcrilv „„,.io,-„,, ■ ,, *'='"■'' '""e the inspector, shafl b' , k 'Is'' '''■'■'''"'r''"" <>« t'' the Provincial Aid , te , *i«n'' '■"""'"K ''im tlie sf.,f,i!,, „f„,„„j,.,| "■'" "'■*180 as provided in <')^ A claas" A' teacher cnployed in any school of the COMMENTS AND REGULATIONS. status of accommodation and equipment prescribed for superior schools, provided his duties Imve been satisfactorily performed in the estimation of the inspector, shall be ranked as " A3," entitlin<; him to the Provincial Aid rate of 5?150 as provided in the statute aforesaid. (d) A class "A" teacher who fails to win the rank- competed for may be awarded a lower rank by the inspector. If he fails to rank as " A^," he shall he ranked as " A4," entitling him to the Provincial Aid as prescribed in the statute aforesaid for class " B" only. 35 CoUeqiate Teachers. — When the members of the teaching statl" of any high school teach the pupils of the various grades only their own special subjects, the principal should arrange that each teacher shall be specially responsi- ble for the full and accurate keeping of the school register for the pupils of one grade or class, co-operating with his colleagues in recording their attendance under the other teachers, and at the end of the half year and year shall make out compli'te returns for his special grade or class as required of all other teachers. The returns of these teacht-rs when accurately sunnned up by the principal in tlic prescribed retuiii for all the schools of the section, will then give the exact sunnnation of all the items for the whole section. 36. Teachers of Agriculture — (a) In order to benefit through the provisions of section G9 of chapter 52 ol the Revised Statutes of 1000. the teacher competiii; must notify the Principal of the Provincial .School ol Agriculture, as well as the inspector, of the opt'ning of tin school, of its special e(|uipment, and of the rank of classifi cation he is competing for. The classification of the schud as "superior," " good " or "fair" by the said Principal will qualify the teacher for the Provincial Aid, res .cctiveh of " Ai," " Ao" or " As " of regulation .S4 preceding (I) J (hit n/ fhi/niir foZ/nirini/ roiKli/iniix /.- n qui nil 'ni orili r In (hi.^sli nil A(frlni//iini/ Sc/ioo/ it-< " Siipirior," I. Wlieic a Hpecial claHH of pupils (i,ii. iiK'luding soiiif \s\, to study till' fdlldu iistnictidii, incliidii farni.s ; I COMMENTS AND KEOrL.vno.VS. 67 .wSSuS;:':;^"^^^^^^^^^^^^ .1.. above ,„.;„.. .,„, <m„ . ' "'^^'''^"o". .expects. !.ut the ag.'iculu; V "S r.vn,? l"'-^""'^' ^""'P"«'^ "'t'' i" all valuable ,„ some in.portant respects t' 1 .3";rT'' ""^^I'-T ""^^^''^''y , ('■) J lie teacher must hold iU.l *^ ,'"*"'.'""3 '•« olassiher as " fair " School of Agriculture ; „ t w ler sn *5 J^'"'' ^'P'"'"'-^ ^'•"'" the i'-ov Sal where tea.lter.s fail to il^Z^V^t^^^T'V' ""^ P^'-'-led o Agriculture, whose .hitv it is t,! -.'"'P^' "^ the Provincial Selioo of '"teution to apply for tl e l-^it d.en' 1^^^ '''"■'" '"'-•'^' «l'"'>Is. of ? .Ji tl'ey neglect toS^ke .,uarl^ij .1 o^J P;^'"'"';"'^^^", te-^cdiing or w e i '•e classified at all, an.l the teacho, J-n i "' ""'''*• t'''-' «hool shall not SCHOOr, .MKKTI.\(;s. ino-: luinsacted bj the annual school meet- OliDKR OK ll|-Sr.VE8S. ions attend, a < oni 10 eighth and hi,L,'li iieighiioriiig fanii.^. irtnientH where i ? Noture lessons ;r C 52! sir'''"' " ^'""™"" "■"! «ec,vta,y of tlH. „H.,i„g. J|.) To l,ea,- the ™i„„te., of tl,e ,.,-evi„„.,„„„„.,| „„„i,° "f «;^. «I»;t::;''V!''>»'''^;f4.''-i..'iito.»„f ti.. ..eco«„tI the secretary, <),• " j into L "f I'^'.'-"""'^'''t record with ,^.(0.)^ lo elect a new trustee or trustees. C .2, ss. 31 to <^^^ -tS^uitM^r;;;;: .!:;;r 'r^'" '^^--'-"-^ rf^'nvd to in /lu eml 0/ F>l,ni(,ri/, so that the inspector' may be able to transmit all such applications. With recommendations <>[ comments thereon, to the ("ouncil, ,.n the 1st day of March, when it i- probable action can l)c taken promptly on them, and duo notice given ii '"".40 *'r"^ ''"'<•'"*'' *''' t''*^ meetings on the last Monday of the month. 42. The school sections whose annual niei-tings hav been fixed by the (\)nncil for the last Monday in Marcl are specified in tlie following list : No. 17.' 17.', 19." 21. •2.1. L'S. •■io. 31. •.\2' M. No. 32. No. '^. Low point. 57. North V\'t*t Arm. SiH Til INVKK.SESJ*. Xn. 88. Long Point. No. 1. . UalfWav Cove. '<>. CroM Harbor. 17. Half Island Cove IN. Black I'oint -'!■ Ipper Whit, '-'•-'. \.>A\VV Whit( 23. Pnit Felix. '24. Cole ilaibor. -5. Cliarlo's C.ive -•'>A. Larry's Rjvri. Head. Head. Red Islands. Hay Cove Soldier's Cove. Salmon Ri\er. Lyn.'h's River. River Bourgeois. ^•>. Cannes. 4.'). (irand River Road. 4(i. Framboise. 47. Sunnvside. 4S. RoekV Bav. 50. Orange. 51. Cape Auguet. 52. Stirling. 54. Point Mar.ache. 55. Peter's Mountain. 56. Hiymer. 57. Kdwards. 59. Cape Breton. 60. Maenab. 61. Lewis Cove Road. 02. (irand (Jreve. 03. AVest Loch Lomond. Oa. l>o.t Ri.'hmond. 66. Poirierville. 67. \\est L'Ardoise. 0'><. Hureauville. .WTKioxisH. No. 70. .\ul(i"s C(,ve. 7(». I'rankvillc. . 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 2.S.' 2."). 26. No. No. 3. 1.5. 16. 17. IS. .> 4. Hubbard's Cove. Head Harbor. Indian Harbor. Ketcli Harbor. Seaforth. West Petpeswick. East Petpeswick. Stevens. Bowser's. Oyster Pond, Jt.ldore. Lowe!- East Jeddore. Lower Lakeville. Clam Harbor. LlXENBlKi; 2nd Peninsula, Upper. . Upper Centre. (iarden Lots. Bhie Rocks. Black Rocks Heckman's Island 1st South -Middle South. Feltzen, Soutii. l^pper Rose Bay. Lower Rose Bay. Upper Kiiigsl)urg. Lower Kingsbiiig. Bitcey's (.'ove. Lower LaHave. PHrk's Creek. .Middle LaHave. St. .Mattliew"s. Sunimcrside. Snyder's. North West. Fauxbourg. ilader's Cove. .Malione Baj'. HALIKA.V WKST. No. 651 66." 67. 68. HAT.IKAX KAST. No. 1.3. 14. 15. 17. 18. IMi. 27: 29. (irand Desert. Head Chezzetcook . Hope Ridge. Lower East Ciiezzetcook- Mur|ihy's Cove. Pleasant Harbor. Tangier. (ierrard's Island. Spry Harbor. Spry Bay, Henley. Beaver Harbor. West Quoddy. AM> NKW |)( BUN. No. 27. Oakland. Indian Point. Martin's River. 2nd Peninsula, Lower.. Cleaveland. Eastern Point. 62. Big Lots. <>•'). CoiKjuerall Bank. 66. Pleasantville. Fralig"s. Pentz's. (ietson's. West Dublin. Mount Pleasant. Petite Riviere. Broad Co\e. Cherry Hill. Vogler"s Cove, W. Indian Point. East Du))lin. Herman's Islands. Corkum's Islanil Vogh'r's Cove, E •^1. 28. 29. 57, 60. 61. 67. 68. 69. 70. 73. 74 7.''. 7(1. / 1. 93. 101), 101. 103. KI5, East Chester. Marriott's Cove, Oijjd River, Xoitli, Oold River, South. -Martin's Point. Indian I'oint. Blandford. cH KSTKU. No. 19. Bays\\atcr. Fii.v I'oint. Xiirtii \Vest Covo. -Mil! Cove. ■2fi. Pine I'lain. 29. Dc.'p Covo 20. 2;!, •-'4, .sorrn IVirt .lolie. Central Port .Moutim. port Mouton. Hunt s Point. No. (,'. II. IX. 19. W(>stcrM Head, licacli MeiiduWv t-AiU Islasid. White Point. COMMENTS AND REGULATIONS. ri ISTo. 4. 5. 0. 7. 9, 12, 13. W,. .Middle West Sable. Louis Head. Little Harbor. Rockland. Osborne. West (}reen Harbor. Sand Point. Upper West Jordan. SHELBURXE. No. 15. 17. •20. 24. 25. 32. 34. West Jordan Ferry, Lower Sand Point. IJirch Town. Black Point. North-East Harbor. -Matthew's Point. Chnrchover. No. 2. A. 13. 1\0. 4. S. 10. Ml.',, 11.' 17. Cape Negro. Cape Negro IslaniL Bear Point, BARRIN(!TOX. No. 14. 24. Kast Pubni<;o. Upper West Pnbnico. West (rlenwood. North Belleville. South Belleville. Argyle Sound. l"'el Brook ARiiVLE. No. 18. 19. 20. 22. 27." 30. 83. Shag Harbor. Stony Island. Abranrs River. Sureties Island. Sluice Point. Tusket Hill. Bl'11 Neck. Lower Eel Brook. Hul)bard's Point. DKlliY. No. 42.— Tiverton. SCHOOL ACCOMMODATION. Hi, The scIu)ol ho 1 Li- ". .— ^""*- ""'t'' its grounds is a very true iiulev of ti,» general pubho spirit and intelligence of the schoolsect oV Bein J S! .-rnmon centre of habitation for a large portion of the day of thariart of e cry family naturally drawing forth the deepest emotio f of a fcc ion and aeres the character of the school house and its environment must snh s tant.ally reflect the sentiment of the conmninity. Here we sho Id expect to see the accunudation of efforts constantly^made from yea o .ear end,ell,shn,g grounds at first selected for their convenice\.dubritv u,i pnient of the school room, originally constructed with a v-iewto eal hy physical, nitellectual and n.oml deVelop.nent. Tire Iple hou d . . ..eason to be proud of their school house, which should l.er"m its front OS are intended more particularly for rural schools, as in the towns tL e" ' i'- H ';7^*'-^' '?" -^t^''l-he•^ '»>' trustees and School comi.Soie' xamining the most mo,l.rn improvements before proceediu-^ to build' .•nd()femploying a competent architect. ^ " "^^ ''""^'> 44. ^chool Sites. In selecthig the site for a school liouse he tnisteos should see that the following condition.s are' tnlhlled as far as possibl,>, aiul that the sanction of the Inspector ;s secured in writin^^ before any contract what- evo)- IS entered nito : (a) The situation sliould be the moat accessible to the majority of the pooph' of tlie section (/») It should be from nO to L50 feet from any public ln,ijhway, and should be far removed from railroad.s nnlls, factories, taverns, noisy surroundings, stairnant pools, swamps, or noxious etHuvia or influences'from any source. 72 COMMEXTS AND REGULATION'S. (c) It should liave a diy, aiiy position, with a ^entle slope and southern exposure if possible, and coni- Hiand as attractive a prospect as natural facilities will permit. 45. School Groundif. (a) In rural sections the grounds should contain, M-hen convenient, one acre, never less than half an acre: in thickly peopled localities, or villages half an acre or more but never less than mie- /;x rnf ' p"^ "^ ^°^'"^ ^^®^'"^' ^^^^ <^han one-quarter, ib) I he form should be, perhaps, more than twice a^ lono- as broad, in order to furnisli proper separate play grounds for boj's and girls. (c) It should be properly levelled, drained when necessary, neatly fenced around, ornamented with desirable shade trees, Avhich should neither inter- fere with the play grounds nor the light of the scliool room. (d) Clean water, free from the suspicion of taint .rom surface drainage or other impurities, «liould be accessible. (e) Within tlie grounds or near the grounds there should be an art a for cultivation as a "school garden " to serve for the objective study of nature and for practical training in the rudiments of such arts as agriculture, horticulture, or forestry. 46. iichooi Houses. (a) For a rural section not likely to have more than 30 pupils for twenty years to come, the school house should at least have the following inside measure- ments: Width 2:} feet, length :il feet, (hall 6 feet teachers platfoi-m 5 feet, clear si)ace 4 feet, seats and desks 18 feet, clear space S feet), and 11 to 12 feet high. (b) For a section with 42 pupils . Width 24 feet length 36 feet, (hall 6 feet, platform 5 feet, space 4 feet, seats and desks 18 feet, space -'} feet), and height 12 to 13 feet. ^ (c) For a section with 54 pupils : Width 25 feet length 41 feet, (hall feet, platform 5 feet, space 4 feet, seats and desks 23 feet, space 3 feet) and height 13 to 14 feet. * (d) For a section with a greater number of pupils there should be, as nMiuired by the statute, a separate class room, large enough to 1)e converted into a primary department of a graded school should the attendance increase. COM.MEXTS AND HEULLAT/OXS. 73 iiext the entrance hall. L stove at ?,',' n '""''"'' ^Y^'''"' proper lighting of the roo mV pw Ji^i . *•'^P""'''P^^« °^ should not he mo,^ M,tn two Ito,.;: T. f'^-^^''" ^ >''^.'^l«d, and basen.ent. which should be a.Vyani.d li'JSed ^^'T "^ '^' and^of the attic, which .ight^.-ttntcl't^gt^.^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ (tf) In schedule A are ojven three sets of plans and specihca >ons for rural school houses :-No ] for the smaller school building for one teacher. No 2 tor a arger school for one teacher, and No. 3 for a school building for two teachers. The plans have been specia I3. drawn with a view of showing the cheapest kind of school buildings which should hence forwai.] be allowed to be e1-ected Tor t^ie schoo!... Single desks and seats are .sliown in the plan merely to indicate that they are the best, and will in the long run pay on account of the sanitary advantage of kelping children separate, and of the greater ease of keeping their attention continuously on their studies. But double seats and desks are permissible, and then the dimensions of the room should be changed to suit More expensive commodious and ornate buildings are Ti .£d?'''"""T,' '?' '^''r'''' ^^''-- school se';.tion: <;an atiord t.iem. The plans indicate the minimum. T!«. Lighting. (a) The windows should be principally on the left of the pupils. Ihere may be two behind them, but none in front of them or on the right. The front and right can be utilized for an unbroken blackboard which should reach to within two and a half feet of the floor and have a width of five feet, the upper portion being useful for the more permanent illustra- tions. In the pla«s in schedule A the fuel room and class room are placed on the side of the sr.hool room instead of at the eny the greatest ninu- l)erof pupils It IS intended to hold, 200 cubic feet of air beins required for each. When the room is full., pupils this air shoull be entirely changed at le^t •v,, ., t'lre-. times evuy hour. In somer the more expensNx>ij ....•ntliatcd school buildings in the province, the air is w,.,iiu...... wiiL .^iiunjiciii, nil a (bveinng rouiii ut Liic same size ; for liie number of pupils in the s, as well as the COMMEXTS AND REnULATIONS. 75 ^^ to pass through thS schoui room "'' '^" ''""'"^^ "'"' '^"°^'^d 49. Seatimj. (a) Tlie best arrang-e.nent for seating is tlmt of sincrle 'lesks and seats a./^usto^^.to the sizes of the pupils as shovvn HI the plans of schedule A. Next comes smgle desks and seats of assorted sizes. But where economy is desirable, double desks and .^eats of no more than hve assorted sizes serve very weH especially when, as in some patent forms each seat moves automatically as the ^pupil sits or' stands so as to give the fullest freedom in standing. (6) Double seats should be arranged in three rows tacing awall, ui which the.e are no windows, the hght falling prnacipally from the left and above Ihere shotdd be a space of 4 feet between the front ow and the teachers platform, witli at least 3 feet be ween the seats and the walls. The aisles should not be less than two feet and a half. In the school room, [46] (.^ about 18 feet will be occupied by hve ranks ot desks and seats, three in each rank Zt^TX''''■^'^AC^T^^^ reciuiring about two feet and a half , in [46] {h), a^out 1 8 feet in depth will be occupied by seven ranks, three in a rank : and in [461 (0) about 23 feet in depth will be occupied by nine ranks of double desks and seats, three in each rank. (c) Dimen.sions of the hve siz^s of double desks and seats ; Size. Xo. 1 " 2 " 3 " 4 " o -Age of 'Height : Height Pupil. I of Seat, of side I I next I I Pupil. Length. Width. Space between Desks and Seats. 0—7 7— {) 9—11 11—14 14—16 11.1 in 21 \ih ' !22.', l^ ' ;24' lo" " 26 16 " 27 in.;36 " ,31' " !42 " |4.5 ' '48 in. [2 in. u 13 n (( 14 it t( 15 C( " 16 a Edge of desk almost directly above (i>\^Q of seat. {d) Fo. the average rural school the following might be a good arrangement and distribution of double seats and desks: Front half of row on pupils' rid t (next the blackboard side) No 1 seats Zck h^lf No 2 seats; central row, No. 4 seats ; front half of ^ JW on pupds left, (next the lioht .side) No 4 seats back half, No. .5 seats. The ofder pupils usfng tb^ 76 COMMEN'TS A\D REGULATIONS. (/') ('•) text books with smaller ptint would by this arrange- ment have tlie bech equipment recommended : 1 l.e..di as in Normal or Truro Macdonald School Hailoy wooden jaekplaiie. I lion sniootliing plane. 1 10" hack .saw. J ?£ '"^' '* ■''*^^^' f'"'''^«^ cuttinL'.l T r^ (""'PP'iig-) 1 lion .spoke-shavu. 4 firmer chisels, 1", A" v" 1" « bits for l,race-|; Twist or auger," leach, f, };', f ;; Centre,-' 1 each, f. r, f , V; ' ' 1 hammer. ^"""tersink, 1 Clark'.- patent. 'i screw drivers (large and small). 1 niurkn-,g knife. 1 nail set. ":;;^:,"r^:,*r?^/^™'""'"- «"'*■■■ 1 pail' wing compasses. I mallet. 1 oilstone (mounted), I oilstone (slip). 1 can and oil. t iion ciamp. ' wooden hand screw. 1 tt" try s(juaio. I 1)6 vol. '^ assorted gimlets. 3 assorted iiradawls. 1 scraper. 1 marking gauge. 1 pair pliers. rved examination shall be folrv-'^T'''''"^''^ "^ ^'^^ provincial '- they are ap,,licable '" *^'^'^' exan,inations so far ap^ant^a::'':;r"S.T"7" ----^^0" i- such I'-esented thom.e ves a |,f /"'"'"^ ^''' "«^ i^^^iug --/ '-'iH-hlatXopen n^^^^^ exan. nation in July^ ^•Hcation. The .,ueE ^^fw I- '''"•^^"!>' '^^^er the sununer 'h' found nocersarr^ Zl ' ^^'' ^^xauunation (should one 'acuity). and'S . t L^iiB wi; Z;^ ''" ^^^1^'^' <- report to the Superinte, Z ,• ^'"^ regular .lotailed ""^'-'•^ 'tu'i in eve y X^ the exami- "tmecon.litionsast?. I ' ^'^f'*'^* .'^'"^" be subject to the ' -ling «t h" ; " vL2a? ' ^'"^""rrf'""- ^^ ^'^"^'^'^'^t: -M>plen.entary node's held/ T''"''' ''^''^-«^'^'ni"-l at a '-^ weeks-'siuci;;:'!; ^ iSV: ;f' '"'"r-'^ "*^ ^^ ^^^ (j *^ "^"^ mtenm. on the subjects in which 82 COMMENTS AND REGULATIONS. he failed ; except under juatifying circumstances, with the permission of the Superintendent. 65. No supplementary entrance examination shall be held later during the year except on the express permission of the Superintendent after good cause has been shown, when the examination shall be subject to the conditions already stated, except that the questions shall be so ad- vanced as to cover, in addition to the common school work, that portion of the high school course already taken up at the date of examination. 66. As supplementary examinations under the fore- going regulation are specially open to the suspicion of an attempt on the part of candidates to gain easy entrance, and on the part of the academy an unfair hold on public funds, principals would do well to diiscouptenance them except und'-r urgent and justifying circumstances. In order that the public may obser\*e what the facts are ;n connection with each institution, the following regulation ia made : Each candidate passing the Academy entrance examina- tion shall be reported on the form prescribed, in the order of merit, numbered in consecutive order, so that each can be quoted by his number, year and county. Those passing at any supplementary examinations shall receive the :iext consecutive numbers in order under the date of the initial entrance examination. Each such successful candidate shall be antitled to a certificate supplied hy the Education Department and signed by the pritieipal who conducted the examination, ami the said certificate shall also contain th< candidate's name (in fulH with number, ^ear and county as above mentioned ; and these item.s dhall be r>.^,alari} publisiicd in the "Journal of Education," ;is the list of the successful candidates at each academy-. 67. Each county academy shall le examined annually, when possible, by the Superintendent in conjunction witli the inspector for the divisiun, The examination shall 1 conducted orally or in writing, at the discretion of the ex aminers, nnd in its scope shall liaxo regard to the time <>t the school year at which it may be held. The names ot students in the lower classes on life register shall be car*' fully compared with the entrance examination lists, and the answer papers shall be inspected. Students on the register who are not present at such examination (unless they ha\. already a high school certificate), or who fail to satisfy th< exaniMiers, shall not bo held to be properly eercifieti higl school students under the statute, and their attendance shal' therefore be deducted from tliat given in thn " return in I .er tw deluruiine the gnwle of academic grant to wl)ich t»ie institution is entitled. It' aces, with the COMMEXTS AND REGULATIONS. ^3 anfacaci:^"^^^^^^^^ 1^^ the higher classes in of scholarship, or by exfm naZ ^f P^T-''^^ certificates pnncipaMorLulty^feacn ademi the discretion of the institution should Ir economt nn 1 Si ■ ^^^ ^^^ding of any local conditions-H. to th^null^T.?^ ^' ^^J"^^^^^^ *° of the staff of instructrn^s etc ""^ *^' '^"^'^"<^« ^^"^ register us in ^^e Xwlth an l' '^- ° ^' '"^°"^^ "^ ^^e those who hold ,rade C^s' •:;.:t Xp";.nt;h'"^' ^^*^ hold grade B as in (-rade XIT* Th . ' ?, , *"°^® ^^^o provincial . :assific;'i n -is i! / K '^''' m?" ^'^^^ ^"^^'^ate local classification as pe;mttd ! bo^' T" '""'^ "^'^^^ of this star will be Jw^rV .° ^n error in the use register. 2^'^ma facie a falsification of the sionL o^^atfL'^ty a.S;'; ^^'" ^^'^l^^ ^ — - use all text bookT")} ich bv fc 1 ^^ ''^"PP^>'/«r the teachers' are n.ade the basi. of onll Lo Tn riecfutrT. °' ^'"'{ also provide the nhilosnM}i,-r.u ""V^^^'^"'^e«. They must essential for threxne S /i '*''''^'"^' apparatus by the cour.se ar^rr^uw'ltT selection of physiological MnJi-, ? '"^ teaching. A and specimeii:.];';!^;:: 1^ J^l^^^?" TheT'^r' "^^^ encourage pupils to form on Kw.f^H i^e teachers should varie,l niine'rii resource" t^nv' ' "'f-'^""? ^^e geology, Scotia; and the school m;...,;^' ''•'"'°^'V, ^^c, of Nova and general e,,uipn n o t o'^in'uTt^";; ""''^-'^-^•'^ --'- superior to those of H.I '"•^titut.on are reijuired to be drawing acaSc gr rTo^ i^^^^^^^^^^ 1^-."'« -^ preceding. " ' ^"^ ^^'"^'^ «*^e Jegulation 53, ediv superior to tlu.t of ■ ^'^(' 'ation ;,:! ,.s not decid- simihr\nea..s in ivL j^ J if'""' '" !^ ^^^^ion of nearly tru.r^esf.i lo akZ^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^''' P^'-^r*"^*-' "•' ^^'''^n the or for the he.^tironl fW^^^ P-cnbed course of study, comiuon .school pupils within fl r 'l'''^ "'' "^" ^he 'iuty of the Sui er h.n "'''^ "' '^ ^'"^'^ '''e the Council. • Tc^t^: ^ '"' T^'" /^^ '^'^""^ t° the cornmiMsione.sof Hu.% ^'""""' '"^^'^^''^ the trust.3es or tim. the t^ an ±^'r ''cported ,nd within reasonnwi '•"^i-7-ts^re<,u ""^'' -^'' t"- - the "aiy he senrbr''('hi!'3n';'"^' t^ntrance examination pani>rr^ y ^t'H Oj the bupenntondent to the principal., of IM. COMMENTS AND REGULATIONS. high schools making application for them, under exactly the same conditions and obligations as to the principals of academies with respect to the conducting, reporting and certifying of the examination. But the successful candi- dates shall not be entitled to "academic certificates," although they shall be entitled to enrolment in the register as high school students. Manual Training i!f the Mkchanical and Domestf: Arts. J2. The Council reeogmasmg the desirability of giving equal opportuni- ties under .v^ction 71 of cbBpter 52 of the Reviseil Statutes, to boys and girls, reconmnendH the establishment of Manual Training schools of tw< kinds ; one more especially adapted to boys for training in the use of tools: the other more especially aflapted to girls, for training in cookery and other domestic arts— working acconimodalion for twelve pupils in each beine rero hvurx and a lia/f -the exti* iialf hour covering the time of roll call, preparing to wi^k, lixiug up, gen*ral instructions, etc. As there are about forty wt-Aiks in each school year, each pupil who attends one half dxy each week, wi!) e*rft for the Trustees six dollars of the grant, until the maximum of $&>(} m r«^ached. Ten pupils in regular attendance eacli morning ^d afternooj* of the five days of the week— that IS, one huft'lred pupils in i» school section, by attending regularly, will onable tiie Trustees to draw «.b« full grant. Kut as so regular an attend ance cannot be expected, it will be iw;r;essary to have p-n-haps more than sixteen benches, etc., to accomnyKjate -jlasse* which will actually qualify tor tiic maximum grant. 73 N(^ nuuuial traitiing wclsool can he recognized as coming under the provisions of the statute until the teachei' anti equipment are apprcjved by the Council. The tiualiH- cations of teachers shall be specified in the Teachers' Cour,>es of the Provincial Normal School, under the titles, respec- tively, of " Mechanic !Science" and " Domed ic Science." 74. No public money shall he paid on account of any manual training school or department until after its returi, is sent in according to the form provided, and its equip- ment and work approved by the inspector of .schools and th(! special supervisor for that class of training school. 75. Fo7' Work in Wood or Iron.— The minimum eo.uip- mont niust include either twelve or sixteen benches, according as the school section is to have both or only one - department in operation. The benches must be very firm, i ecjuipped with the necessary tools, and of the character " used in the Irovincial Normal School, or as approved by the special supervisor. The e(|uipment shall also incluile drawing boards. Tee .sijuares, set s(|aaies (triangles), and ESTi' Arts. COMMENTS AND REGULATIONS. 85 76.^ Drawim/ --P^rticuhr attention must be naicl tn p^He=x^st'js^tfre::^B3 be commenced unless a fully dimensioned drawh'rhasp '^ Wl 'wor 7'^'' 1 '."'"^ '"^^^ eoncurren IvVrth^the" bench work. I^reehand sketching should also hp n«p l n^aku.^ drawino. of leaves, tree fectionstoo Ls etc ar^^' n completm. curve, portions of working drawings ' " 77. The practical work should consist of a serip^ nf culty of their tool manipulations, and should include all processes involved in the production of a finished article from the rough wood. In the higher grades the work nav be made a valuable adjunct to the oVdinarv st.X« T construction of simple jLes of app?raturt iC ^^^ L' lacks, etc., toi the chemical laboratory, and models for fl.P Illustration of problems in solid geome trv mayT rnen? oned as indicating some features thSt may \vith^ ad v^ntarie included in a scheme for the highor school. ^^'''''*'*^" ^'^ . /B. /o/; the Domestic Arts—The e(|uipment mn^f inciude, as in regulation 75. working accomSSn fo7at U^st twelve or sixteen pupils, one table for each four pupifs or any equa ly effective arrangement, one stoNe for C^ general hea ing of water, and at least one loo dU c e ordinary cooking stove, and an " oil cooking stove"'' IrcSl n"an1l^:; '''^^'.' '^7^'^^ sanitary ^coiulitionoVh loom aJJ that can be desired. 79 The domestic arts course should contain at l.-mf wenty practical lessons in plain cooking, Ternsmtb^ he bes and most economical methods of cocking "hestanf ^ods ot the majority of people, food for the^ sick with practical demonstrations in household sanitation hou^eho ^■conom.cs, laundry, textiles and neeJle work S ould nee. le work be fully taken up in tiie other public sS l^mclcs. such a subject may be omitted in onler to .ive on 'lln ^°'" ^''^^ <^*h^^" ^Jomestic arts. ^ au. Ihe number of pupils to be instructed in practical . , mvo ving the use of tools or other apparatus El wood X eed t«^ nu «r ' i"'*^'' ^''' T' '''''^'''' '^^ould never ttrst n^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^"^;'^««o»;^nd«« the Act contemplates, '^'xupiea witli instruction nn f.-o.»;.,^ „i. xi ,• ^. tile iiiitiiit. ;.. i-i I * "', ' " "^'-in., tcio time of lin'r ^ tl" ^''^ '''"'■'^' '""O'" «'»^" »ot be less Uian Two AM) O.NE Half hours for a full lesson. 86 COMMENTS AND REGULATIONS. 81. The record of attendance shall be kept in the register, so as to show the morning or afternoon with the- date of each lesson given to each pupil, only one lesson to be given to each pupil in any week. The returns shall be made semi-annually to the inspector at the end of each half of the school year, en the blank form provided by the Superintendent of Education ; the whole to le attested ly the teacher and certified by the trustees and other officials as indicated on the form, and summed up in the yeneral " return " of the school section. Provincial Examination of High School Studknts. 82. " High School Students " shall be held to mean all who passed the County Academy Entrance Examination and are studying the subjects of any high school grade or who are certiiied by a licensed teacher as having fully completed the Common School Course of Study, and are engaged in the study of subjects beyond Grade VIII. 83. A terminal examination by the Provincial Board of Examiners shall be held at the end of each school year on subjects of the first, second, third and fourth years of the Tligh School Curriculum, to be known also as Grades IX X XI and XII respectively of the Public Schools. 84. The evaminatiou sessions shall commence each day at nine o'cloi a. m., for Grade XII on first Monday aftor 1st July, at t following stations :— Sydney, Antigonish Pictou, Amheiv'.. Truro, Halifax, Kentville, Liverpool and Yarmouth : for Grades XI, X and IX on the following V\ ednesday, and for " Minimum Professional Qualification" and "Supplementary" of public school teachers on the Saturday folloM'ing: and shall be conducted according to instnictiuns. under a Deputy Examiner appointed by the Suji.^nntendent of Education, at each of the following stations, viz. :-l, Amherst: 2, Annapolis: 8, Antigonish: 4, Anchat ; 5, Baddeck : (;. Barriiu'ton : 7, Berwick • 8 Bridgetown; 9, Bri ^' °° ^^^^'^ "^f the (thirty) subjects QQ "'^' ^^"''se for A (cl & sc). u"j«i^tH ;.l J^^°^i'^^*^f failing to make a pass in the grade -(■ rnr may be ranked as making a pass in the next Ann -.-■I-/ IMAGE EVALUATtON TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I IIM III 2.5 •^ IIP i^ [ 2.0 i 1.8 ■ 1-25 1.4 1.6 -* 6'' ► V. A f ■^ >^ V Photographic Sciences CoTpomtion 23 WEST MAIN STRUT WIBSTEt.N V MStO (716) 873-4503 90 COMMEXTS AND REGULATIONS. grade below, provided 75 per cent, of the minima be made- and as making a pass on the grade second below, provided 00 per cent, of the minima be made. 94. Eich candidate, provided no irregularity has been reported, shall receive from the Superintendent of Educa- tion a certiHcate containing the examination record in each .subject. If the candidate has made a " high school pass" the certificate will bear the head title " High Schooi Certificate." showing the grade obtained under the arms of the Education Department; but the other certificates with examination records, even should they refer to but one subject, shall be equally valid for such facts as thev show. '^ 05. Candidates who are passing the various ffrades in consecutive order shall be admitted free to the regular Provincial High School Examination, provided their application and procedure have been regular. In all other cases a scale of fees shall be fixed to cover the cost of examination and extra labor likely to be incurred. iu^^r J^^® subjects, number and values of the papers for the difierent exavninations, and the general scope of examination questions, are indicated generally by the texts named in the prescribed High School curriculum. Examina- tion may demand description by drawing as well as by writing in all grades. Provincial Examination' Rules. 97. No envelopes shall be used to enclose papers. One hour IS the maximum time allowed for writing each paper One sheet of foolscap will therefore hold all that will be necessary to be written on any paper, if it is properly put down. Ihe tol lowing rules must be exactly observed : n^n;.|„a^t"£f*^^^ "'"''I P'"^'*'?'' themselves at the examination room K" ?h- /.K "" ^T' '•'■■^"'*' "'^ ^''"^ ""^^ ^«'- the first paper of the grade For which they are to write, at which time the deputy examiner shall Rive ea^h a seat, and a number sl.aU represent the can.fidato's name, and S therefore he neither forgotten nor changed. The oandidaten who j,nmU tbemselves shall be numbered from 1 onwards in consecUhVS (w thoul a hiatus for absent applicants, who cannot be u.lmitted after the n mbenng) begmning with the A'r. then coming to the B's. C's and D's in order. Candidates for " Supplementary'' papers need not be presen at the opening session if they' Tiave sent in t^hdr appUc tioi.s and the titlen of the p,ii)Brs on which they intend to write. CI.) Candidates shall bo seated before the instant at which the examina- ZZ\.l\t . r. ''*^"'r ■ ^- ' "'^"^*^"' '•'^'' ^y ^h« ^'•'^^''»" «^ - mimue his Wvli**; M ''•Im'SHion to the examination room, an.l any .andidate r i^ I er nZ.; r'"?, "", P''"^''"''' "^ '"•y «-^*'ni>'*ti<'" "'"Bt first send irgiiningofffnextp;!;:.''"'"'^ ""^"'""' ''"' ""^ '«'""' ""»" •»>» (3.) CftDdidnt^H Hhal! provide themsclvos with (for their oWn exolMive COMMENTS AND REGULATIONS. 91 — «' c J3 V '— ' M 2S < cq own exuiuaive n.,il'L ^''® ""'^'^^"'^ '''''*'• F"''** ''"'' candiflate's No. may be written within rnTc.Te'"Z"c2T\'f''^' paper also; but any sig^n or^dting mean ieieptirof thernil '' •'"""' ''**''*"' *"' P'^rsonality may cfuse the rejeption of the paper befo.e it is even sent to the examiners. JmLoM ^h^"^^^ '" *^'?, '"■. •'^''•^''■^ infornmt.cn, even shonld it be r within h« lip T'"'^ "^ ^'"°^" "•■ ""'«« "» t'^« P^--^"" ''^ a candidate, exam Sion^^r ^"""«.,f''-.'^'"'.n/tio". v^'iH constitute a violation of the xamination rules, and will justify the deputy examiner in rejecting the AnTi»w.r HiJl ^'^^^^ ^" "^ P'-"^'"^'i'»l ^ert.Hcate or teacher's license Hkllv X.inL, '"'i 1^ "^ txanmialion is proNen. provincial certificates Hl.ealy obtained an.i lice .es hnsed on them will be cancelled. eiiuL nr'nnl'.' .'""■"''""•.y f"'- oaiuli.hites to copy pap<;r.s on account of e n wn .mnl '"' """'" "P"" "'/'•"• ^'^"^^ o-rrecfi'ons or cancelling of SS tth.w, . nmowere lost in .^opying it. Answers or results cuPMs 1 ^*''',^""f" ^•"'•k •'<" cssary to Hud them M-iU be assumed to b. only guesses, and will be valued accordingly ^ ■hM«,I;n?'I'*^f''* *"■* forbidden to ask .juestions of the deputy examiner ^lexamSii?, ''■^'T''P''''"'ru'' "'•"''■ «'''•«'•'" ^^ich may sometimes occur d^eo?r„ ;'T.*V'"V,.^'i« examiner of the paper alone will be the No 5Lii,\IL'!i!m '^''L" '' f''"!,"" V""''**'"' ''V his treatment of the error. 3o candidate will suffer for a blunder not his own. JihIhL7 r^ desiring to speak with the deputy examiner will hold ife evtlr f (^"?"n"n>'3ation between vamiuhfe. at examination, even to Anv st. °^ P'""""8 " "''"'" "'-. •"•'king signs, is a violation of the rule*. exa^miS onlT ^^ communication can be held through the deputy (12.) Candidates •hould remember that the depui examiner cannot 92 COMMENTS AND REOULATIONS. overlook a suspected violatiou of the rules of examination without violation ot his oath of ofbce. ^o consideration of personal friendship or pity can therefore be expected to shield the guilty or negligent (13.) Candidates intending to apply for license upon a record made at this examination, should fill in a form of application for such license as is ^^^A . ^ oeputy examiner is provided with blank forms for those who do not already have them The applicant can have his certificate o* age and character con ectly made out and signed, and should note on the application the number station and year of any previous examinations he J as taken, whether he has been successful in ob, aining a certifir^ate thereon «n 1 *\?* D^l^" ^" '" ^f number, station, etc., and grade of certificate wh oh w?n k!: ^- ?■ ?^aT^- ^^'l ''*"^'" «^°"'*' ^' P'*'=«'l i« '"•«'•*«''*. to be obtained " "'^^" '" """^ ^^* obtained but is expected (14) AH candidates will be required to fill in and sign the following certificate at the conclusion of the examination, to be sert in with the tarn paper : CERTI FICATE. Examination Station Date Candidates No. ( ) I truly and solemnly affirm that in the present examination I have not used or had in the Examination Room, any book, printed paper, portfolio, manuscript or notes of any kind, bearing on any subject of examination ; that f have neither given aid to, nor sought nor received aid i,T. r^ fellow-candidate ; that I have not wilfully violated any ot the rules, but have performed my work honestly and in good faith Name in full "» July, 190 (Without contraction in. any of it » part ■•^. ) I*. O. to which memo, or nprtifinnt hich memo, or certificate is to be sent. in 98. the 1 he time tcble of the examinatioas shall be as following form, the details bein^f changed from year to year to suit the syllabus. I without violation idsliip or pity can * record made at such license as is c forms for those 3 his certificate o* ould note on the i examinations he 3ertifir'ate thereon ;rade of certificate laced in brackets, >ed but is expected ign the following sent in with the ...July, 190 ... examination I i, printed paper, n any subject of I nor received aid >lated any ot the faith. 1 shall be as hanja^ed from COMMENTS AND REGULATIONS. 9a TIH£ TABLE. PROVIXCIA. EXAMINATIOXS, BeOINMKG FlRST McVHAV AfT.K DOMINIOX DaV JcL'' OF OF Each Year. TiMB. GRADK A. a o A. M. 9.10 to 10.00 10.10 " 11.10 11.15 " 12.15 P. M. 2.00 to 3.00 B.10 to 4.10 4.16 to 5.16 •< a s H A . U. 9.00 to 10.00 10.10 " 11.10 11.15 " 12.16 j p ■ i M. 2.00 to 3.00 ' 3.10 " 4.10 4.15 " 5.16 Roman History. Cheinigtry. Greek Author. Greek History. Botany. Greek Autlior, Latin Author. Zoiilopry. Navigation, COUNTY ACADEMY ENTRANCE. Eniflish. Greek Author. Banitary Science Astronomy. MatheiiiaticR. Drawing, &e. Geography and History. General Knowledi^e. A . U 9.00 to 10.00 10.10 (( il.lO 1115 4* 12.15 P M 2.00 to M.OO 3.10 «( 4.10 4 15 n 6.15 Algebra. Latin Composition French Authors. English Language. French Composition. Geology. Algebra. Latin Composition, English Language. French. Greek Authors. Algebra. Latin. English Language. French, Algebra. Latin. English Lang. .French. a a H A. M. i 9.00 to 10 00 10.10 " 11.10 n.16 '• 12.15 p. M. { XOO to 3.00 I 3.10 " 4.10, 415 " 5.15, Geometry. Greek Composition. Latin Author. I'hyaicg. German Composition, Latin Author, Geometry. Latin Authors. Pysics. ! (Jernian. (Jreek Composition. Geometry, Greek. Science. German. Geometry, Science. I El. 9.00 10.10 11.15 w. to 10.00 " 11.10 " 12.16 Trigonometry. Psychology. Latin Author. 2.00 3.10 4,15 . V. to 3.00 nrltlsh History. " 4.10 English Literature, to 5.16; German Authors. Prac. Math. Physiology. Geo. and History. English Grammar. Arithmetic. Drawing and B. K, Geo. and History. English Cramniar. Arithmetic. Dra.ving & B. K. Geo. and Hist. Eng, Grammar. i m A. M. 9.W1 to 10.00 KMO " 11.10 11.15 " 12.15 M. F q. E.vAMINaTIO:,-. nyglerie and Temperanco. Hchool fnwnnd .Matingcmont. 1 hfory iiiid IViictico of Tca< hlnir. 81 PPLKMENTARV E.\A!tf I'. M. 2.00 to .'I.OO :| ■' C •■ Drawing ond B, K. 3.10 "4.10 "D'' HclenceV « 1^ " Mft I " C" Science. M COMMENTS AND REGULATIONH. 99. Optional Examination in Music, Etc. ('•' (c) (e if) (a) At the County Academy Entrance Examination and the Teachers' Minimum Protessional Qualification Examination candidates who have taken London Tonic Sol-Fa certificates can for the question in music snhsfUute their certificates, for which values will be given as follows: For "Junior" certificate, 10; for "Elementtry" certihcate, !/> ; and for " Intermediate'' certificate, 20-the last two for M. V. Q. only. The candidate will enter in a parenthesis as an answer to the ^.o. 01 the question on music in his examination paper, the words Junior certificate," or " Elementary certificate," or "Inter- mediate certificate " as a reference to the fact that such a certifi- cate has been handed to the deputy examiner, bearing on its back the name, and address, and examination number, and station of the candidate plainly indorsed upon it. The certificates will be received by the deputy examiner, com- pared with his list to verify the correctness of the indorsation Dy the candidates, then enclosed in one envelope addressed, in tlie case of the Academy Entrance, to the Principal, and in the case of the M P. Q. to the Superintendent of Education, who, , 7^ ri^,"^ Persual, shall return them to the respective candidates {c/)lhe Principal or the Superintendent, as the case maybe, shall then indorse 10 15, or 20 points (according to a) oo the examiner's report and on the candidate's paper below the general valuation number, and add the two together for the total value of the paper. To prevent the possibility of two values being given to the ques- tion by accident, the examiner of the paper in which a certificate IS substituted for the question, shall mark the general value of the paper with an asterisk, both on the paper and on his report. No certificate from any local examiner of the London Tonic t-oi-ta College shall be accepted, unless the examiner has pre- viously given a satisfactory proof to the Principal or the Superin- tendent that h? or she has been duly appointee! as local examiner tor the grade ot certificate in question by the authorities of tlie s'iKl College. (.7) At the County Academy Entrance Examination the certificate of attendance for a year at a Manual Training School, or a Domestic hcience School can be accepted for the answer to a question on the subject in like manner as the " Junior " Tonic Sol-Fa certifi- cate—value, 10. LICENSING OF TKACHKRS. 100. No person can, under any circumstances, be a teacher in a public school entitled to draw public money on his or her account without a License from the Council of Public Instruction. Befo.^e obtaining auch a license a oundidate must obtain. >,/, a certificate of the prescribed Gradk of Scholarship at the Provincial High School Examinatiou, with a oJ^^Zn/""' '" T'* °^ '^^ lower grades ;«..oncZ, the prescribed certificate of professional rank as a teacher, either from the Wovincial M. P. Q. J^^xamination or the Provincial Normal School, and third the prescribra certificate of age and character from a minister of religion or two Justices of the Peace. The value of a License is distinguished Lthe erm Class ; of scholarship by the term Gradk ; of professional skill by the te.m Rank. The following collocation of the teriL used will help to explain their significance and relation : ^ Generally, n w.. . "TV^'Af'-'v /'"". &>■■. Class I) .. • • ■ c.I^aI i\ .?.?'r°Vl'*'',"'' '8 Jears, &.;. Class D (Prov. ) " Grade IX .Grade IX ■rhinl^Rank. ^. ._ .' .' s; years.' kc. years. " COMMENTS AND REGULATIONS. 95 and the Teachers' a candidates who 1 for the question lues will be given r "Elementary" :ate, 20— the last an answer to the paper, the words te," or "Inter- at such a certifi- iring on its back 3r, and station of ' examiner, com- the indorsation )e addressed, in Bipal, and in the Education, who, candidates, ie may be, shall >a the examiner's eneral valuation al value of the iven to the ques- iiich a certificate eral value of the his report. 3 London Tonic iminer has pre- or the Superin- 8 local examiner ithorities of the he certificate of 1, or a Domestic to a question on c Sol-Fa certifi- cher in a public ount without a btaining such a escribed Gradk nation, with a the prescribed the Provincial and third, the >r of religion or iguished by the ssional skill by 5ed will help to ■Aye (f Chariirler. . . . ao years, &c, ... so years, li'c. • . .ao years, &l.. . . 19 years, &c. . . . 18 years, &<;, • •■17 years, &c. . . .16 years, *c. leacners, (tor tne high school pass" is awarded on an averace nf 'in"/ «« any eight papers of a grade, provided none of the eight is belfwlw^ the SchoS?^ '^^"^"''°° '« '"-^^^ t« control graduation Som the ^^;l:ma! No diploma of the Provincial Norma! School shall be awarded any candidate who is found defective (below 407) in the scholarship of any imperative subject of the Provin- cial Course of Study up to and including the corresponding grade, until the Faculty is satisfied that creditable profi^ <:iency has been made in each such subject. 102. When a teacher obtains a teacher's license without graduation from the Provincial Normal School, it ca-. I.e only ot a 6-Zass one degree lower than the "teachers' pass" grade oi scholarship. The following statement explains the principle in detail : f « (a) AC/a^sD License cannot be awarded to anyone who has not been estimated as high as 40 per cent on each "Tmpe rati vtT' subject of the ,m.fe D High Scirool Course, by Provin'ETl Sm- (h) A C/a^xC License in like manner requires 40 per cent, on each imperative " subject of (jmde.^ 1) and C. (c) A Clasi^ B License in like manner rec.uires 40 ner cent on p«pI. " imperative " of ;,mdcs D, C and B. ^ id) A C/«,w A License in like manner requires 50 per cent, on each T." , . *"" ■'^^'' teachers pass " has not been made by a candidate on the lower grades in order, the following equivalents are allowed : ^ (a) 40 per cent on each of the "imperatives" of grade C shall be considered the equivalent of 40 per cent, on each of grade D except the Satnce paper. g'^uc u, {!>) 40 per cent, on each of the " imperatives " of grade B siiall be considered the equivalent of 40 percent, on each subject of the DrTh^n ' ""^'T "'r '^'-''"""" "^ '^' =""1 tl,e Science an Hygiene and Temperance, value 100. First rank pass : an aggregate of 200 with no pap*^r below 50. Second rank pass: 1.50 with no paper below 4-0. Third rank pass : 100 with no paper below 30. 108. The Provincial Normal School at Truro is recog- nized as the appropriate source of certificates of prof essional (lualification for public school teachers ; but the certificates of other Normal or teachers' training schools whose curri- cula may be satisfactorily shown to the Council to be at least the equivalent of those of the Provincial Normal School, n)ay be accepted when qualified by the addition of the two following conditions : (a) a pass certificate of the Provincial " minimum " professional qualification exami- nation of the corresponding rank, an 1 (b) a certificate of a Public School Inspector, before wlicin or u"der whose supervision tlie candidate has d.'monsti'ated by the test of actual teaching for a sufficient period his or her qualifica- tions for the class of license sought. 109. The prescribed certificate of age and character is given in the following blank form of application for license, which will be supplied to candidates by the Educa- tion Department, through the inspectors or the Principal of the Normal School : Form of Application- for a Teachkr's Lkjesse. To. Inspector of Schools, Division No , Nova Scotia. I hereby l)eg leave through you to make application to the Council of Public Instruction for a Teacher's License of Class and here- with I present evidence of compliance vvitli tiie conditions prescribed, nauicly : — 1. The prescribed certificate of age and character iiereto attached, whicii 1 affirm to be true. enses, which lie (classical c (scientific). ition or skill third Rank ; Tninimum ormal), and he following^ icial Exami- -, value 1 00 ; 00; and (3> rank pass : Second rank k pass : 100 uro IS recog- prof essional e certificates vhose curri- ncil to be at cial Normal i addition oi' ficate of the tion exami- tiiicate of a "der whose r the test of er qualifica- character is ilication for r the Educa- he Principal :sE. 'iova, Scotia. the Council of . . . , and here- nis preacribed, ireto attached, COMMENTS AND nEGULATIONS, II. My High School certificate of Provincial Grade obtained • • Examination Station as Nn «"'=•••:• • • . ooiainea (Further information below.) ' '" ^'^"^ y«^»' " • • 97 at No III. iMy certificate of professional qualification of ..., obtained at . . ;„ *.i,.. [i"c i\T •■■;•,■. • "' *^"® month of. (Name lu full) Date ^ ^"^' ^*°^ address) . . . .' .' .' ." .' ', (County) I ' ' Rank, , 1.... Ci:rtikicatk ok Age anu Character. That I believe the said candidate in full), was born on the the year ^■^■,|" ' That I believe the moral chaiacter of tlie said candidate is ^oo,\ ch as to justify the Council of Public Instruction ht^^'.^.K'. .day of. hereby (name in and said candidate will be disposed";; a"rel-he"r 'to "MWnl T']""'"^ *^*' '^* Date. .(Name and title ) (Church or Pariali.) .(P. O. Address.) (Wliea tlie certificate given above is sir'ncl by Peace 'instead of a "Minister of Religion," the word "J" shonl.1 ttXrl'^'SuSor PaHr-" "" f^-^^^^-^^^^^^^ the seSnd me worna uiurch or Parish may be cancR ..ri Ki- o et-^i,^ .,« .1 Vfi • t r x> ,■ ".= "J ' '■^^'" Justices of tlie Minister of Religion,- the word "I" should be , ,, Y, e secftnd line, may be cancelled by a stroke of The correct 7«oto^/o« of the Provincial M. I'. (J Certificate or rh^ Pn» Any certificates f:om Normal Schools, etc., which are not leLmlarlv tion as evidence of the correctness of the quotation. ' ^ " appuca FCRTHF.R InKOKMATIOX FROM API'LICANT. 1. Class of license already held Xo •2. University Degrees, Scholarship, Professior or any other information candidate may wisli to state . year . ■?"'"!'?''/ ""S™™- SohoI.i,,l,i,,. [•roieVaioual Trainii,^; exp«rie,ice; tr^t ?[;:,:;'er=r'' ""^ '"""■' »''^'''- -.■""•• i?^«..:^^" On Grade XII syllabus at Kxamination Station No year. - » J " " t i 11'' X " .. .. ■••• IX " .. ;;;;;;;; ..;;;;;; .. ;■; (tkneral ok Si-e(jial Indorsation or Kkmarks by Isspecior (or PRIN'Cri'Al. OK NOKMAI, StJHOOL ) Place and date Inspector. 98 COMMENTS AND REGULATIONS. 110. For ail Academic or Class A License tlie three conditions are : — (1) A certificate signed by a Minister of Religion or two Justices of the Peace, as in tlie preceding form, to the effect that the candidate is of the full age of twenty years, and capable of fulfilling the duties specially mentioned in the statute. (2) A pass certificate of the Grade XII. (3 ) A certificate of Academic first rank pro- fessional qualification from a Normal School [for which may be substituted a Provincial Grade XII (cl & sc) with a 50/^ " pass " on each imperative sunject of the High School course not covered iu Grade XII, and a first rank M. P. Q. (no paper below 50), and at least two years' successful teaching, one of which must be as a first class teacher in a superior school]. 111. For a First Class or B License the three condi- tions are: — (1) A certificate of the full age of nineteen years and moral character as in the foregoing Regulation. ^2) A pass certificate of Grade XI. (8) A certificate of first rank professional cjualification from a Normal School, or a " Teacher's pass " certificate of Grade XII with the first rank minimum professional qualification. 112i For a Second Class or C License the three condi- tions ar« : — ( J ) A certificate of the full age of eighteen years and moral character as in the foregoing Regulation. (2) A pass certificate of Grade X. (3) A certificate ot second rank professional (jualification from a Normal School, or a " Teacher's pass " certificate of Grade XI with the second rank minimum professional (pialificiition. 113. For a Third Class: or D License the three condi- tions are: — (1) A certificate of the full age of seventeen years and moral character as in the foregoing Regulation. (2) A pass certificate of Grade IX. (3) A certificate of third rank professional (|ualification from a Normal School, or a " Teacher's pass " certificate of Grade X with the third rank minimum professional (|nalification. WJ on ac( Su th( in (JUl by Ins TEMPORARY IJCF.XS13. // 114. A Third Class (provisional) or ])(prov.) License, valid oidij for one year, shall be granted on the regular application when the following fou7- conditions are ful- filled : — (1) A certificate of the full age of sixteen years and moral character as in the foregoing Regulation. (2) A pass certificate of at least Grade IX as in the fore- going Regulation. (3) The third rank minimum pro- fessional qualification. (4) A recommendation of the candidate as a temporary teacher for a specified school by the inspector, who must previously be assured by the trustees of the said school that although reasonable effort 11 six w the si schoc COMMENTS AND REGULATIONS. 99 the three tinister of preceding ull age of i specially ite of the rank pro- for which sc) with a gh School k M. P. Q. successful lacher in a ree condi- f nineteen Regulation, tificate of al School, th the first ree condi- teen years >n. (2) A ot second ihool, or a he second ree condi- seventeen tegulation. ite of third hool, or a :hird rank '.) License, le regular s are ful- ;een years regulation. 1 the fore- nuni pro- n of the school by 3d by the xble effort was made to employ a regular teacher of permanent class rentablTo f h^ ''^"T'' ^^?.' ^^^^ ^^^ eanSidatrwould b^ Slii school section as a teacher for the year. fhpnn ^-rf r" ?"^^ ^" '^-''''''"^ ^«r ^"other year when in hroSfi' ^r' ^^»^«««^^f «d an advance oi gride or rS m his qualifications at a subsequent Provincial Examination SYLLABI\S OK M. P. Q. kXA MINATION. rf ,.J'^^ questions set for the minimum professional qualification examination shall be within the limits indicattd by the books recommended by the Council of Public Instruction on the following subjects :— School Law and School Management. (a) To be famihar with the Acts relating to Public Schools in Nova Scotia and Regulations of the Council of Public Instruction with amendments as appearing ni the Journal of Education from time to time— particularly those portions bearing on the relation and duties of teachers, and on the organiza- tion and operation of all grades of Public Schools. (6) lo understand thoroughly the principles of school organization, the principles and methods of classi- fication the proper correlation and sequence of stndies, the true aim and right modes of discipline . and the proper condition for securing the moral and physical well-being of pupils, ^''l- ^"^y-^ familiar with the history of leading Kduca- tional Ketormers and their systems. Theory and Praclhe of Teaching, {d) To have an understanding of the fundamental laws ot the human mind In their relation to the science and art of education generally, including the principles and practice of vocal music. («) To apply practically the principles thus derived to the teaching of each of the subjects embraced in the Common and High School courses of study llggiene and Temperance. ' (/) . Hygiene as in recommended or prescribed looks with special reference to school room, school premises and the health of pupils. ig) Temperance as in recommended or prescribed books with special reference to retiuirements of the sciiool law. VACATIONS AND HOI.IOAYS. 116. There shall be a minimum summer vacation of SIX weeks in all the public .schools (between the closing of the schools in one school year and their opening in the next school year), commencing on the second Monday in July. 100 COMMENTS AND REGULATIONS. 117. The following days shall also be holidays in all the public schools : Sundays, Saturdays (except as herein- after provided), the anniversary of the late Queen Victoria's birthday, any day proclaimed by the Lieutenant-Governor, Good Friday, (and in Halifax, Easter Monday), Dominion Day, Labor Day, and two weeks at Christmas, according to the following scheme : When Christmas falls on Vacation shall begin on Schftols shall re-open on Sunday. Saturday, Dec. 24. Monday Jan. 9. Monday. Deo. 23. Jan. 8. Tuesday. Dec. 22. Jan. 7. Wedne.sda}'. Dec. 21. Jan. 6. Thursday. Dec. 20. Jan. 5. Friday. Dec. 1.^. Jan. 4. Saturday. Friday, Dee. 24. Jan. 10. 118 In order that the due inspection of schools, as required by the law, may be facilitated, each inspector shall have power, notwithstanding anything in the foregoing regulations, to give notice of the day on which he proposes to visit any school in his inspectorate for the purpose of inspection, and to require that on the day so named such school shall be kept in session. 119. When for any cause the trustees of a school shall deem it desirable that any teaching day should be given as a holiday, the school or schools may be kept in session on the Saturday of the week in which such holiday has been given, and such Saturday shall be held to be in all respects a legal teaching day. 120. When, on account of illness, or any other virgent cause, a teacher loses any number of regular teaching days, with the consent of his trustees he may make up such loss by teaching on Saturdays, provided the following regula- tion is not violated. 121. No public school shall be kept in session under any regulation on two consecutive Saturdays, nor for more than five Saturdays in any quarter, nor for more than five days per week on the average (vacations not being counted) between the opening and closing of the teacher's service in the school. 122. When any school is closed by order of the trustees (with the appro'" 1 of the inspector first obtained), for a portion or the whole of the Provincial Examination week beginning on the first Monday of July, on account of any advantage desired in connection with the said examination, the teaclier will be entitled to the Provincial Grant for such COMMENTS AND REGULATIONS. 101 9. 8. 7. 6. days, and the trustees to the County Grant on the average rate of attendance, provided the fact is distinctly indorsed and certified on the returns transmitted to the inspector bv the teacher and trustees. 123. Sections having a County Academy, or schools of tour or more departments, may be allowed an additional weekot vacation (and Halifax city two weeks) without prejudice to their participation in the public funds provided their apphcation for the same be indorsed by the inspector and approved by the Education Department, and distinctly indorsed and certified on the returns as required in the toregoing regulation. Under the same conditions the necessary days employed by the teachers of Academic or High School departments in the examination and grading ot the schools of the section, may be counted as regular teaching days in their respective departments. See also ''f JnT^^^^ amending Chapter 52 of the Revised Statutes' ot 1900 (page 49 preceding). 124. Days allowed by regulation for the attendance of teachers at Educational Associations or Institutes, and days lost by the closing of a school on account of the prevalence ot contagious diseases under the certificate of a duly regist- ered physician or order of a board of health (such time not to exceed twenty teaching days), shall also be allowed, if indorsed and certified on the returns as indicated in the two preceding regulations. The order or certificate must also be attached to the return in the latter case. 125. The hours of teaching shall not exceed six each •day, exclusive of the time allowed at noon for recreation. Trustees, however, may determine upon a less number of hours. A short recess should be allowed about the middle of both morning and afternoon sessions. In elementary departments, especially, trustees should exercise special care that the children are not confined in the school room too 'ong. Educational Association and Institutes. I'ROVINCIAL KDIJCATIONAI, ASSOCIATION. 126. The Superintendent of Education shall have authority to assemble annually if desirable in either Truro or any other place which may be approved by two-thirds of the executive committee hereinafter provided for, an educational association, whose object shall be to promote the efficient operation of the public school system, and the professional improvement of its members by the discussion and elucidation of educational problems. m J 02 COMMEN'TS AND REGULATIONS. 127. The membership shall be, — (a) Ex cjfficio, thvi Superintendent, the principal and professors o£ the Normal School, the provincial examiners, the inspectors of schools, the presidents of colleges within the province and one representa- tive chosen annually by each divisional institute for every twenty-Uve enrolled members present at the annual meeting of each institute ; and (b) Ordinary, all licensed teachers, professors and instructors in colleges and seminaries, trustees and commissioners of sehoolr, by enrohnent and the pay- ment of such fee (not exceeding one dollar) as the association it'.elf may determine. 128. Superintendent, the principal of Normal School, and nine persons chosen annuiilly by the association from among its members, shall constitute the executive ccm- miitee, which shall have control of all funds raised by the association, and shall appoint its own secretary-treasurer to receive and disburse those fundr, nnder its own direction. The executive committee shall have general management of the afiairs of the association, especially in respect to the h!xing of the times of meeting and the progrannnf> of exercises, subject to the approval of the Superintendent. 129. The association shall appoint a secretary, and, if necessary, an a.ssistant secretary, who shall keep a record of the [proceedings of the meeting, and forward a written report of the same to the Superintendent. 130. T!io Superinteadent nhail p.<\side at the meetings of the n.ssociation and of the executive committee. At his requesst another meniber may preside In his absence the principal of the Normal School or the senior inspector present shall take his place. 181. The Superintendent is authorized to use the Normal School juilding and appliances for the meeting of the a.<-;sociation when held in Truro, ana the principal and professors will aid to the extent of their powt-r in promot- ing the success :jf such meeting The Normal School students Mill be admitted to the e\eicises, bu». not as members ol" the association except wheji enrolled under 127(6). DIVISION.' I, INSTITITKS. 132. Whenever ten ;. v,,ore n"^<^d tenrhers within an insjiectoriai division shall in writing re«|n('st the in.spector to this "ttV-et, a teachers' institute for s>u'h district shall be formed, the exclusive object of wiiich shall be to uoiiiote tln' etticii'.icy oi ilu' 'teaching sorvice within the iniits of the inspectorate. The ujeans to be employed for COMMENTS AND ilEGULATIONS. 103 securing thi.s object shall be conversation and discussion of educational methods, the preparation and reading of papers on special subjects, and illustrative exercises. All questions and discussions foreign to tlie practical work of teaching Are to be strictly avoided. 133. The members sliall be the inspector and ail duly- licensed teachers within his inspectorate on enrolment and the annual payment of such fee (not exceeding one dollai-) «,s the institute may determine. 134. The inspector shall be ex opicio president of the institute, which sliall elect annually froin its members a vice-president <^who shall preside .'n the absence of the president), a secretary-treasurer (who shall send a report of the institute in writing to the Superintendent), and four other persons to form with the foregoing officers a com- mittee of management, which shall have direction of the 4iflalrs of the institute, especially in respect to the tixing of the times of meeting and the programme of exercises, subject to the approval of the inspector. ORNKRAU 135. The meetings of the association sluill occupy three days and of institutes two days, always ending wIr'U practicable and convenient on the 1^'riday uf th«! week. 136. On giving a weeks notice to trustees and pupils, teachers will have the liberty of closing their schools tor the purpose of attending the meeting of the association or the institute, and on the attachment of the certificate of regular attendance during the days specified in the preced- ing regulation from the secretary of the association or Institute to the teacher's " return," the inspector is author- ized to credit the sauie ns teaching da^'s in the apportion- ment of the provincii^l aid and the municipal .sdiool fund. 137. When teachers, after having received permis- sion r'rom their trustees, attend " sunnner schools " or otlier institute.s (duiing regtihir teaching days), which are recom- mended by thi' Superintend(>nt for the iiiij)ro\'ement of teachers in the exercise of their profession, allowance will be made by inspectors, as indicated in the preceding regula- tion ; always pruvided, however, that in any school year no more than ti\ '■ days shall be credited under all the fore- goino- regulations to any one teacher or school section. 138 If a teacluM' of elass .\, H or (V whf» is engaged in a school section for the year shall have taken a "niid-v,umnier vacation'' course of at least five full weeks (thirty days) at the Provincial Schoohf Agriculture, and shall have received a certificate of satisfactory deportment ami prt)ficiency for the said term I'rom the principal, lu' shall, on the w ritteii 104 COMMENTS AND REGULATIONS. recommendation of the trustees of his school section, Idc aJlowed to take one or two weeks of the said course durino- the opening weeks of the first " quarter " of the school without prejudice to his Provincial aid or to tne municipal school fund to the section; provided a memorandum iipproved by the Superintendent of Education, specifyino- the tacts and approving of the said two certificates is attached to his return at the end of the first " half year.' SrKCI.VL SCHOOL DAYS. 139. It has been found very inspiring to devote certain days entirely to some special object, the demonstrative ettect of which can be made much mor& intensive than that ot the same time broken up into a routine of short fracr- mentary lessons spread over a few weeks. Such occasions when inanaged properly, are of more value in teachino- ettect than the ordinary routine day. In fact, they can accomplish in some cases what could nevei- be accomplished so efiectively in any other way. They are by no means holidays, far otherwise, for they involve extra labor on the part ot the teacher and generally also on the part of the pupil. "^ 140. Arbor JJai/.— To call special attention to the importance of the proper inanaoeinent and cultivation of our iorests, to the \alue of the afforestation of lands which cannot be so productixe in any other manner, and to the bearing ol forestry on the rainfall, drainage, climatic and industrial conditions of the province, to encourage tlie proper adornment of the school grounds, to cultivate a taste lor the beautiful in nature, and to give some practical and objective lessons in tree planting, and the study of tree grov.-th,— tor such objects the following directions are given : (a) On sucli day of 3Iay as according to season, weather or (Jther circumstances may be deemed most suitable, ti'ustecs are authorized to have substituted lor tlie ivgujar school exercises of pupils, the plant- ing by the hitter of trees, shrubs and flowers, on the grounds su'Tounding the school house. The day devoted to this pui-pose shall be known and entered m the regist.«r as ' Arbor Day,' and when duly observed full credit will be given for it in the apportionment of public funds, on the basis of the aietual attendance of pupils as ascertained by roll call at the beginning of the exercises, or other con- veiiient time durnig their progress. Additional value and Miterest should be imparted by mingling with the practical duties of the occasion short addresses ttaciicr nU'i other competent persons on COMMENTS AND REGULATIONS. 105^ section, Idc irse during; the school municipal iiorandum,^ specifyino- ificates is If year.' >te certain onstrative than that lort frao;- occasions. teacliino- they can 3inplished 10 means labor on e part of 1 to the ivation of ids which 111 to the latic and irage tlie Itivate a practical iv of tree re given : o season, ned most bstituted he plaut- wers, on se. The jwn and nd when it in tlie is of tlio hy roll her con- lal \uhj«' ng with d dresses rsojis on the {esthetic and economic importance of arboricul- ture. During their summer visitation, inspectors shall take note of all schools in connection with which ' Arbor Day ' has been observed. (/>) Teachers who have been able to observe tliis day in a useful manner are recommended to make a special report on the same within a week to the inspector, specifying tlie work done on the occasion, an«J its prospectivti inHuence on the section. From these statements inspectors can have all the details necessary for their annual reports to the Superinten- dent of Education. (0} There will be found subjoined some practical •suggestions which will be serviceable to those who wish to make the occasion a really profitable one. (1) III selecting trees, it is well to avoid those that hear Howers or edihle fruits as such in tlie llowering and fruiting seasons are iipt to meet with injury from ignorant or mischievous passers-by, and to offer tenr-.^a- tion to tlie pupils. Butternuts and horse chestnuts are not to be com- inended as shade trees. The balsam fir is objectionable from the liability of lis balsam to stain the hands and clothing. Deciduous or broad leaved trees are easily grown, their Hbrous roots rendering transplanting a com- paratively simple operation. If care is taken, the young saplings of the elm, maple, and ash, as found in the undergrowth of the forest, can bo transplanted without difficulty. ('2) No school grounds sliould be without a suitable number and variety of the standard deciduous trees. However, during the winter season tiiese are bare and unattractive, and afford little or no shelter. On the otli«;r hand, evergreens, such as spruces, pines, hemlocks and cedars, retain their foliage and provide a shelter as useful in winter as it is grateful in summer. 1 rees should always he planted according to a ilcrinite plan, being arranged either in curves or straight lines, according to circiiin- stances, and with an obvious relatio.i to the building and fences. They should not bo place.! so near tlie school house as to imcrfere with the free play of light and air. (;i) Our native trees grow so freely in the woods that we are apt to suppose they are merely to be taken up by the roots and transplanted, to start at once into a vigorous growth as before. This is a mistake. (Jreat care shoulil be taken in digging tij* tlie trees to jncserve tlie tWmma roots ; long runn«is sliould be mt across with a siiai p knife, and not torn. All tn-es thrive I)i,mI in wcU-.lrainol soil, varying from saiidv loam to clay. A . -lav loam suits all n.nght to the ground, and sliuidd be too large rather than too small. In filling in, the bettei .soil from n.'ar the surface should be reliirned first, so as to be nearer the roots, but where the soil 18 at all sterile, ami generally, there should be jjul below and iiroinid the roots, .souk, well-iotud (•...nposi, mixed wil.'i sand, and sandy loam, in order to promote the grow Ui of {Ui- rootlets. In setting the tree It should be placed a little deeper than it stood before, and the roots shoidd be so spread cmt that none are doubled. When finally planted the tree shouhl l)e tied to a stout stick in such a way as to prevent chafing of the liark. Some mulch or stable litter shouhl tJieii be thrown around the stem to prevent the roots from drought. Stirring the ground is preferred by soir.o cultivators to mulching. In transplanting evergreens, the roots should not be exposed to air or light- especially the heat of the sun - more than can be helped. Wevera! varieties of shrubs planted together in clumps preduee a very p!eaH-!!!g eni!;?_ -.yji-.lp ijjg ,--are of jadieioin4y arnuigod flower beds will be to the children an important means of education. 106 COMMENTS A\D REGULATIONS. 141. Empire Day. (a) The observation of this day origiiuitefl with a recoimiiendation of the Dominion Educational As- sociation at its third triennial convention, which met in Halifax, August, 1898. The Council of Public instruction of Nova Scotia was the first to arlopt the recommendation, appointing the schoolday preceding the holiday commemorating the anniver- sary of the birthday of Queen Victoria, under whose reign the Empire so widely and liarmoniously developed. {h) The object of the day is the development of the Empire idea with power, by a more dramatic and impressive demonstration than would be possible in the routine method of teaching necessarily characteristic of the most of the work of the school. No set method is prescribed. Local orators niay be utilized in short and appropriate addresses to the pupils and their parents. Teachers and pupils should take part in as etfective and in as varied m.inners as possible from year to year. As a rule it is preferable to have it an exercise open to the public of the locjiHty in the afternoon, the fore- noon being devoted to phases best treated in the school room. It is one of the days when the school flag should bo flying. {c) Till' exercises should not be directed to develop boastfulness in the greatness of the Empire. They should be a study of the causes why it became great, and how it may continue to be great ; of the history of the rise, growth and alliance of its ditt'erent peoples, of the evolution of the elastic system of self-government, and of the development of that spirit of Empire unity which is a new thing in histcjry as the Empire's extent is in geograph}-. Aii«l most important of all, the exercises should be an inspiration to stimulate all to seek how they may still further reinforce the good tendencies, and bind the distant members of the Empire more clospl3' to- gether in the bonds of reciprocal helpfulness as well as of sentimental love. (>') As in th(^ case of Arbor Day, all worthy teachers are expected to tile a report on the c.ercises of the da,v, no matter how brief, with the inspector of his or her division. KVKNIMi JtcHOOI.Sl. 142. These schools ari^ |)ublic schools under the inune- COMMFN'TS AND REGULATIONS. 107 ited with a national As- tioii, which Council of the first to le schoolday :he anniver- inder whose irmoniously nent of the •amatie and be possible necessarily ork of the lOcal orators te addresses cachers and e and in as year. As 2ise open to )n, the fore- ated in the II the school to develop pire. They icanie great, the history ts different 1 system of ■nt of that ,v thing in geograph}-. s should be w they may s, and bind closol}' to- lu'ss as well hv teachers 'cisc's of the lector of his tlie imme- diate charge of the tnistees or «chool board, just as are the day schools, only the sessions are held at night and each session can count for no more than half a day. The return must be summed up with the return of che day school in the section, just as if they were all daj' schools, by the principal of the schools of the section. No evening school should be started by the school board, however, -without the approval of the inspector. {(i) Trustees of public schools may establish in their sections evenino; scliools, for the instruction of persons upwards of thirteen years of age, who may be debarred from attendance at the day school. (h) Such evening school shall be in session 2i hours, and in i-elation to public grants, two evening se.seions shall count as one day. The prescribed register shall be kept, and a return of the school made in the form directed by ti\e Superintendent, (c) No portion of provincial or municipal funds for education, shall be appropriated in aid of evening schools, unless teachers are duly licensed. {d) The Council would greatly prefer that the teachers of evening schools should be other than teachers of day schools ; but when in the opinion of the trustees a night school is desirable and no other teacher except that of the day school can be obtained, on the recommendation of the inspector, the Council, through the Superintendent, may auth- orize the day school teacher to conduct the evening school for no more than three nights each week during the term agreed upon. (iOVKRNMKNT .NKJHT SCHOOLS. 143. These night schools for adults are established by the (JoVernor-in-Council under sections 115, llO and 117 of chapter 52 of the Revised Statutes, after which they come under the sole control of the Council and its officers. The following statement has been authorized as a reply to those- asking for information on the conditions which justify the establishment of such a school in a locality : — Suuli (.onditiouH art; likely to exist iii tiio greater iiuhistrial centreH, such as in the neighborhood of tollierieH, &e., where tliere may ho foiuid coUeetod together a coiiHiderable nuniVwr of young workmen over scho-l age who never had the opportunity of enjoying tiie advantages of ou 'lie school syHtenj in their youth. The (Jovernment Night School System was not created for tlie purpose of doing educational work which can he done hy the public school system in the locality ; nor can a Night School he established where it will inter- fere directly or indirec tly w ith the cHicient administration of the p\d»li(; school. And in mo case siiouid Ihu benclil of a (inseiniileiit Nighl riohool ^tc' asked for the poimanunt renidents of a seciion unless they have .shown 108 COMJIEXIS AXJ) KEGULATION.S. SchS*'Sw:tv"!n ',T."7^' ^Z "'" «^«^.'^!^'>'^hmcnt of a ( Government Night Kegulations, and thisnVc^/arnote. ^ ' ^ Among the facts represented the following should not be overlooked • -. Raines of those promisn.g to attend, with their ages (Reg. S. ) ^'' of'Se^r;::^;.:'' ^''^P"^"--'>-» ^--^ees (Regulation 4), and *''■ UorL^d^Khr^:^''''"''"'^^- "" "'%'^'^>' ^'^'^""^ ^^-^^ '^''"Pt^d '^"J A < 'r,,!!^,,^ . NT- o^^°" 'according to the provisions of law ? A <.«^ eminent Night School is established for a .innfe term onlv and The^aZnpt'^^o'ren' ' p'^"' "^''"' ^^T ^ ^^^^^-^^^r^^^^^:^^ wLintZntJf^.T f <'«^e'-nnient Night School without the regular X^CMhlnde ft ',r : l'"-^":-'^'' ""^1 'i^'T'^'^ ^y *'•« (^vernnient tlu^ougl lt;KfeSi;lhment "orr^c^'r"'"^ '''' '''''''' ™^"' ^^^"^ "'"^ instruction "t,".^ application are iu ,jooO faith "desirous of obtaining uc..i^; .?n..n ^ ^T'l."^* *''^' ^'^^' ^t i« reasonable to expect a faif a^c,.^attendance at tlie Scliool. Urn„i,.fi,, being the minimum spedfied! oloL^avch :"st. ''" """'^ '"■" •^'^" '"^^" ^^^^- ^^^ ^"^ 145 ^c's.s^on.s•. There slmll be three sessions of tM'o and a lialt hours in length each week, but should it be found mconvenient durinc. Christmas and New Year's weeks to hold the regular number of sessions, a f(,urth session may be Jield tor as many succeeding weeks as will be necessary to make up the sessions so lost. The selection of the particular evenings of the week on which the schools are to be Jieki 18 left to local arrangement, as is also that of the Hour tor opening school. 146. FupiLs.~2so person can be admitted as a pupil Mho IS under fifteen years of age, or who attends, or couid conveniently attend, the day school of the locality. 147. Tmcker.—^o teacher of a Public Day School shall be engaged as a teacher of a (Jovernment Night School vvit .out the consent to said engagement of the school board ol tlie section. 148. Salan/ of Tmcher.~The teacher in charcre of the night school for adults shall receive the followino^ remuneration, to wit: one dollar for each session the sclux'il |s actually open during the t.n-m (if the average attendance IS ^U or upwards, otherwise the same proportion of a dollar that the average attendance is of twenty), and an additional tiollar ior each unit in the number repr.-senting the averao-e attendance ior the term, provided that the entire remunem- lion shall ill no case exceed SlOO.OO. 149. Aa-ndavt JeacAem— Wlien the jiverage attend- of adopting and irdance with the ivernment Night [•noi-in -Council ; le eHtablishnient oftlie Act, tlie overlooked : community. ages (Reg. 3.) light, fuel and julation 4j, and !en adopted and of law ? term only, and -estal)lisliment. )ut the regular 'nment through It'll parties may IS of obtaining > expect a fair mum specified. Dee. 1st and s of two and it be found s wrecks to tession may •e necessary ion of the schools are that of tlie as a pupil Is, or couid >chool shall ((ht School :hool board charcre of followin^j the school attendance of a dollar additional he average reinunera- t-e attend - COMMENTS AXI) RE(:4ULATI0X.S, 109 ance for the first two weeks exceeds 30, the Council rnay appoint a second or assistant teacher, who shall receive owo-thirds of the amount of salary paid the principal, or at that rate for the time during which he actually teaches. When the average attendance exceeds 60, a second assistant may be appointed on the like scale of remuneration. 150. Studies of Pupils. — Owing to the diversified attainments of the persons likelj' to seek admission to the night school, the Council does not think it expedient to lay down a precise course of study. The Act under- which the schools are established contemplates only " the ordinary branches of English education," and the Council directs teachers to place chief stress on these, particularly on read- ing, writing, and arithmetic. In mining districts, infonnal lessons on elementary science may prohtablj- be given. 151. Registration. — All teachers of night schools shall keep correct records of their schools, according to the pre- scribed register, and shall make at the end of the term dul}- certified returns of the attendance, etc., in such form as may be required by the Superintendent of Education. PUBLIC SCHOOL COUKSfi OF STUDY. 152. The public school course of study may l)e con- sidered under its sub-division of the common and high school courses. They furnish a basis for the classification of pupils b}' the teachers and for the examination of schools by the inspectors, while they also secure a definite co-ordination of all the work attempted in the public schools of all grades, thus fostering the harmonious inter- action of all the educational forces of the province. These courses are to le followed in all schools, particularly with reference to (1) the order of succession of the subjects, and (2) the simultaneity of their study. The fulness of detail with which thvy can be carried out in each, school must depend upon local conditions, such as the si/e of the school, the number of grades assigned to the teacher, etc. As suggestive to teachers with little ex])erience, contracted forms of the detailed common school cours(> for miscellaneous and partially praded schools ar(^ appended. Tiu3 public school course of study is the result of the observation and experience of representative leading teachers of the province, under tlie suggestion of tlie experiments of other countries, and the crilicism of our t.-«chers in provincial conventions assonililt'd for nianv years in succession. A system developed in such a manner must necessarily in '^onie points !>e a compromise, and presmnably therefore at least a little behind what we might expect from the few most advanced teachers. But it is also very likely to be a better guide than the practice of a majority without any mutual consultation for improvement. The successive progr«>ssion of •■^tudiGs is intended to be adapted to Lhe order of developmeni of the powers of the child's mind, wliilc their simultaneous progression is 11 no COMMENTS AND REGULATIONS. i-in; \ so 1, Gmdes VII. and VIII , Health Reader No. 2 High Schoo grades, as in prescribed Physiology text The statutes make it imperative under penalty on both teachers and trustees that such instruction be given in ^^ll^'^-^^^^^;, J\,^ therefore the duty of all educational officers to see that the spirit as well as the letter of the law is incu cated both by precept and example-by every means which can influence the sentiment and character of the pupils. Moral and Patriotic Duties. -k^ enjoined by the School Law and when found most convenient and effective. Some lessons in readers, in history, in biogniphy, etc., may be utilized incidentally. C^ertain anniversary days, such as 'Empire Day," " Dominion Day," etc., should be systeinati- esiUy utilized for patriotic inspiration. -.^.h...^ 'Phe school room and grounds is an elem(.ntary imnatuie world in which the pupil has an opportunity of 'Vvelop- ing nearly all of the moral points of chaiacter reciuired toi useful livino- in the great world of mature human activity. Tl e crown^and sum total of all the other parts of the teacher^ work is the development of the best possible character in each pupil ; so that in every esson and in eyeiy exercise the ultimati purpose should preside over and direc he course of the instruction. The teachers supervision should therefore extend directly or indirectly to the p ay ground, before and after class hours as well as during the '""^G^Tmanners is a subordinate but too often neglected department of character building ^^ is, however, a very Hiinple as well as useful department ; and therefore one the observance of which inspectors are instructed speciaUy to study in each school, and the neglect of which should subiJct the teacher to censure and the school to a lowering of its rating. Every teacher should be an example of tiue politeness, which is not only compatible with the greatest Per and firmness, but enhances them In a shor time Huch an influence should materially improve the most lude '^lLlrorl'^aht>-«.--The noting, exaniination am of the common and more important natural objects and laws of nature, as thev are exemplified within the range of the Hchoof "section or* of the pupils' observations. I nder this 112 COMMENTS AND REGULATIONS. head pupils should not be required to memorize notes or facts which they have not, at least, to some extent actually- observed or verified for themselves. Britain's " Nature Lessons," and Payne's "Nature Study " (U. S. A.), Oarlick and Dexter's "Object Lesson's for Standards I., II, III., (England), and James' "Agriculture" are useful guides to the teacher for portions of the work prescribed in some of the grades. There should l>e a short "Nature Lesson" given erery day on the daily collections and observations of the pupils themselves— not on the ctatements of teachers or books— the lesion al.\ays being based on the objects or observations. Tliose guide books are to be used only to show the teacher how to give such lessons; and they are entirely prohibited as text books for either pupil or teacher, for under no circumstances should " notes '" from the books be given to pupils. All such studies must be from the objects. Observations under this head form some of the best subjects for English Composition Exercises in all the grades. In schools with pupils of several grades under one teacher (as in most rural schools), many of these lessons may profitably engage the whole school. In nearly all either the whole senior oi' whole junior divisions of the school can take part. A skillful teacher can thus give profitable object lessons to several grades of scholars at once ; at one time giving a Grade V. lesson, at another time a(irade VI. or (irade VJI. or Grade VIII. lesson, which will also contain enough for the observation and interest of Grade I , Grade II., Grade III. and Grade IV. pupils. An object lessoi wiven to the highest class can thus to a certain extent be made a good object lesson for all the lower classes. The older pupils will see more and think more. It must be remembered that the memorizing of notes or facts merely stated to pupils is strictly forbidden under this iiead. Such memorizing is pure cram, injurious instead of being useful. The teacher may not have time to take up in da»» every object indicated in the Nature Lessons of the Course. In such cases the pupils should be given two or three objects nearly related to the typical specimen examined in school with directions to search for and examine them at home as illustrated in specimen class lesson. Without much expenditure of time the teacher can note that this work has been honestly attempted to be done by each pupil. The lessons must be direct froni nature itself, but under the guidance of the teacher, who can save time in bringing the pupils to the point desired by his more mature experience. They are intendecl to train the observing and inductive faculties, to show the true w ay of discovering something of the nature of the world which immediately surrounds us, and which is and will continue to be reacting upon us in one manner or another. This knowledge is so much power over nature, from which we have to win our material existence. It is also the basis of any useful philosophy. More stress has been laid on the natural history of each section than on elomeiitary jihysics and chemistry. Not because physical phenomena are less inipoi'tant, Init because the elements of these sciences are the same all the world over, and there is no end to the cheap and well-illustrated guides to practical work in them which will suit a section in Nova Scotia as well as one in England or in the United States. But there are no such simple guides to the bioiogv of each section, and many of its other scientific characters. The teacher .lUst Income a student and master them himself ; for such exercises have special power in developing the habit of accurate observations (which is the soundoet basis for any career ranging from that of th'3 poet and professional man to the tiller and lord of the soil, the tradesman, the manufacturer and inventor), and in developing in connec- tion M ith history and civics an intelligent attachment even to the soil of our countr\-. Spelling and Dictation.— It should be strictly insisted upon, that from the very commencement in the first grade, tlie pupil should spell every word read in the li-ssons, and common words of similar difficulty used in his conversa- COMMKNTS AND REGULATIONS. 118 notes or ■ actually (U. S. A.), , II, III., teacher for should l>e a Bctioiis and ' teachers or baervations. how to give 3 for either '■ from the the objects, for English Is of several hese lessons r the whole A skillful i of scholars a Grade VI. lOUgh for the [1 Grade IV. to a certain The older ed that the ly forbidden i instead of c/ass ever}' :\\ cases the the typical md examine thout much sen honestly direct from save time in experience ies, to show world which be reacting h power over t is also the tion than on enomena are the same all U-illustrated N'ova Scotia ( are no such her scientific lem himself ; t of accurate rig from that tlie soil, the ig in connec- to the soil of y insisted irst grade, ssons, and conversa- tion ; for if this is not done, the pupil is all the tnue beino- simultaneously trained to tolerate wrong mental images ot the forms of the words which can seldom be corrected by ordinary etibrts in the higher grades. Writing words ui the lower grades, transcription and dictation in the higher grades should be utilized more and more as facility in writing increases. ii j i. Reading and Elocution.— I. Fupds must be enabled to clearly understand the portion to be read, then to read it with proper expression. 2. Faults of enunciation, pro- nunciation, etc., of tone, of posture, and inannef, etc., must be carefully noted and corrected. li. Choice passages should be memorized occasionally for recitation with the proper expression. Ten lines a year, at least, for Grade 1., twenty lines, at least, for Grade II , and a similar increase for each succeeding grade is prescribed. In the High bchool Grades the memorizing and effective recitation of choice extracts in every language studied (Greek, Latin, French or German, as well as EngUsh), is also imperative on each pupil. Reading should be taught at first, partly at least, by word building from the phonic elements, occasional drills of this kind being continued in all the grades to obtain clear enunciation. , , , ^ ^.i i English— In all grades practice should constantly be 0-ivv.xi in expressing the substance of stories, lessons or observations orall> in correct language, and in the higher orades in w^-iting also. Discussion of subject matter ot fesson. Attention to the use of capitals, punctuation marks, paragraphing, etc., should be introduced gradually and reo-ularly, so that at the end of the common school course, lano-uagein correct form can be fluently used in description or business letters, orally and in writing. The practical rather than the theoretical knowledge of English is what is specially required in the common school, and a large Potion of the school time should be given to it. Pupils should be continually exercised in finding synonyms or substituting "their own made meanings" for difficult words in their reading lessons, instead of merely memorizing dehnitions ot words arranged in lists. The teacher should be careful to use always the most correct language ; while the errors ot speech in class or on the play ground, or in conversation, should never be allowed to pass without correction Writinq.—Htv\e most easy to read should be cultivated. Simple vertical" writing is generally preferable to tlie sloping styles. No exercise in writing should be accepted by the teacher from the pupil unless its form shows evidence of care, otherwise, the more the pupil writes the worse the -.-.▼.,. 1 1 1 1_ !— !-,. 4-1-./-. 4n«ic.f rrn^aflii. () "wn tiwr becomes. Writing should begin in the first grade 8 114 COMMEXTS AND REGULATIONS. With letters formed from tlie Himple ^'^"7^;. F^''^ classified, and should be taught in the -^.^^ «^l^«^^f ^•^.,. Dvawinq.—For teachern who have not taken the rio viS Nonnal School Course, Thompson's " Manual Irain- W No r- is recommended as covering to some extent the Drawings and Lessom on Nature as they may be taught £"";!' of the first five grade. : and No 2 as ^-y -7 - tanp-ht to the next five grades ; and Prangs Art Instruc tton in Prin Ly Schools-A Manual for Teachers- Second veTrnims covering generally the work of the Common and d; sXols. Before leaving fJrade VIII.,all pupds should be ab e o plot lines and angles accurately, so as to be ablelosolve'all ordinary Practical Mathemabeal pro^^^^^^^^^^ by " construction." The accurate use of the Universal Scale" (wood) with the "Eagle" compass and dividers is sufficient for this purpose. Drawing of objects studied under the head ofVature Lessons siiould be constantly practised and carried on, even in the High School. ^ Irithmetic-li is of the highest importance to secm-e the habit of obtaining accurate answers at the ^rst attempt Everyslip in mental or written arithinetical work is no only unnecessary, but is a positive education in a habit wl fch will tend to render useless the most strenuous efforts Tfterwards to become accurate or even to make satisfactory CToai^ss in mathematics. Accuracy is of supreme impor - ^nce from the first. Rapidity should follow as the secmid- ary consideration, Appropriate exercises in ^^f;;'/«^ ^"^1- inetic should be given in every grade, and prohciency m it should be renuired in all promotions. . Geography and History.-The veM memorizing o these lessons at home by the pupils is tor the most part iniurious to the character of the memory and useless as pTctical knowledge. For in spite ot .xll eaut-ns and nstructions to the contrary, most pupils, when left to them- selves, mentally associate the facts memorized with the wordino-, the paragraph and the page of a book instead ot w?th the priper locus on tlie map, or with the proper System of related facts. These lessons should t^ierefore be prepared under the careful and philosophical direction ot the^eacher in the school, at least until the pupi s are tained how to study aright. The home work would then be only the review and perfecting of the lessons by the pupils in the proper m-nn.v by reference to the several items in the text. Um\ or current events historical . Soinic or scientific, h.r ■ 1,. skilfully used to interpret the remote in time and place. %«W Training Aovtiou.\). Tlus ^^^ , ° «' .^^« introduced tts an alterative or recreation^ and witliont there- properly iculty. the Pro- a,l Train- :tent the e taujjht T may be Instruc- — Second imon and Is should as to be problems Jniversal viders is 1 studied jnstantly ecu re the attempt, (rk is not I a habit )us efforts tisfactory le import- e second - .al Arith- 3ncv in it rizing of most part useless as tions and • t to them- with the instead of he proper erefore be irection of pupils are vonld then )ns by the ,he several historical, o interpret COMMENTS AND REGULATIONS. 115 fore materially increasing the real labor of the pupil. Clay modelling, woodwork, metal work, needlework, cookery, shorthand (Sir Isaac Pitman's system only), school -plot farming or gardening, etc., as most appropriate or expedient, may be introduced with the consent of the trustees. Teachers should at all times encourage the pupils in the production of specimens of home-made handiwork or apparatus, in scientific experiments at home, and in the formation of collections uf plants, minerals and other natural productions of their o\Vn part of the country. It is legal for trustees to expend school funds in teaching these optional as well as the imperative subjects, either for school ecjuipment or the engagement of special teachers. 155. tuNSPECTlS OF VaBlIf) SCHOOL COlfKSK OF STUDY TO GRADE XI. IVHh a .vitifjen/ine perr''.n'nrje of Time, Jw Classroom Teuchinif in each subject, on the sup- Dosidoii that there is one fencher for each Grade. When one Teacher has the work of 1)0 more than one Grade, the time to each subject in the Class-room must he lessened. Subjects. Pkrcentage of Time in each Examination Values for Pko- Grauk. vincial Certificates. II III. IV. English 140 40 40 Mathematics •20i>20' 20 Science and Manual Art 20 -Geogr'phy& History 20 40 VI. 40 20 20 20 Music, Calisthenics, Moral and Patri- 20|20 otl"' Duties. ' 20 40 20 VII. 35 VIII. 30 20 20 15 20 10 10 20 25 I 3v) IX. X. XI. 20 Lang. 100i.ang. 100 Lit. 100 Gram. 100;Gram. 100 Oram. lOO Arith. lOnlArith. 100 P. Mat. IDO Alg. 100, Alg. 100 Alg. 100 Geom. lOOiGeom. lOOGeom. 100 20 20 10 10 I 10 10 10 10 20 Dr. &c. 100 Dr. &c. 100 Physiol. 100 Botany 100 Chera. lOOiPhysics. 100 10 (l.&H. lOolfi. &H.100|G. &H. 100 5 j I anguages, Latin and Greek. „. L ^. , 'Latin IGO I atin -20) 2o -Latin 100,^,^.^^,^ KOCJreek 2(t0 ' ■ il or L V, inn!Frei>ch lOOiFrench 100 Or, Frev.ch and German | '25 jFrench lOO;^^.^^,,^^ 100;((!erman 100 often be hout there- - t/ .,- 116 COMMENTS AVD REGULATIONS. 156. SPECIAL PRESCRIPTIONS FOR COMMON SCH00L3, (JKADK I. Ilmt'iti'j. — Primer with Wall Cards or Blackb ard Work. LaiKjiiaijr. -Story telling by pupil Writing easy vertical letters, words and sentences WrifiiKj and ])i' •//((/.— Writii% on slate, paper or blackboard. Drawing^ of easy, interesting figures as in .ilainml '/raiin'iKj, to end of Section II. (or as in alternative Drawing Course reconiUianded. ) A.-iilniiitlc. — All fundamental aritiimetical operations with numl: ts, the results of which do not exceed 2il, to be done with concrete or aliscract numbers, accurately and rapidly. Set- (f-nerd/ f>nncriptio,i><. LfMxoiiK on Xatntr. -Power of accurate observacion developed by exer- cising each of tilt- seises en simple or appropriate objects. Kstimaiion (vr/r//(7.— Vertical letterB on slate and in copy books. Freehand outiin -s on slate, lilackboard, etc. Common geometrical lines and Kgures with their names. Map of school grounds and surroundings. A» iu MdiiKd/ Tf(tiiiin(j, No. I. to end of Section VI. ; with /'nh/ic School Di-'KciiKj Coi'i-M , No 2 (or as in alternative Drawing Course recommended). ArifhiiK'tic.—AH ill Common School Arithmetic, Part I., first hn.'f. (ic lie rill prao'riptioiis. LeHMOiiM oil ^, (it II re- (Jeography of neighborhood, use of local or county maps. Estimation of distances, measures, weights, &(• , continued. Color. Study extended to three or four eaili of common metals, stones, earths, flowers, shrubs, t*ees, insects, birds and mammals. .SV* ijni, rul prfscrip- tidllx. M iinlc, i('c. — As under v ;/' ml /trtxcriptions. • iKADE IV. /{((iifhi;/. \{viu\vi No. 3. AVr iji iiiriil pn .■'cr'iptiinin, Liiii(/ii(i(l). — i)ra\ statements of matter of lessons, observations, ul( . Written sentences with punctuation, etc. Modifiers of subject and pre- dicate, of noun and verb iVritiiKj (111(1 J)miriii>/. Copy |{ook Drawing as in Manual Trninln(f, No. I, to end of Sim tioii VIII., with /'nhlic School /Jmiriioj I'oiirm, No. 3 (or as i 1 alternative Drawing Course recommended*. til (tfimithi/. Oriil UjHHOiiN iin PjiyHiiii/riinliv iiu (in iiniriju UA »<> IKI int!'!! ductory < Jeography, with the general geography of the Province begun un the Hcliool map. Sx ij( m ml /> iMi-ri/ttion^, [00L3, letters, words ard. Diawiiifr Sectitiii II. (or numl; Ts, tin- .6 or ahstraot Dped hy exer- KHtimaiioii of tiimon I'olors. on« on a fev. < ml /,r(xcrip- eed. Angles, )l room (or us Piih/ic Sriioof ;coninieiide(J). ade I. litate. Nouns copy Itooks. netrical lines •(urroundingH. /'iili/ic Sell 00/ iconnnended), :., first hnlf. •eal or county inued. Color, tones, earths, I If)/ /ivfscrifi- vationn, oli. ject and pre- fa/ Trniiiiiiij, ( 'oiirm , No. 3 to IKl, !!>.tr!! )\inee lieguii COMMENTS AND KE(JUL.VTiON.S, 317 A)-lfhini'fic.--As in Common School Arthmetic, Part I., completed. Si-r t/i: ll^ rii/ i)r<--icripfioihi. Lfixoni* on 3'u.'(nv.— As in 1 irade III., but extended so as to include foui- or li\-e objects of each kinil, as in ijnurn/ jn-isrrijiiinns. .\/iinlc, d-c- -As xmder (jt-iK-m/ jirmtripf ions, (IKAUE V. AVru///*.'/.— Reader No. 4, I'art I. .SV^- ijem nil'prex&iiilionx. ].fUiijiin)f,latitudc and longitude, phy.siography, etc., developed. Oral geography of Nova Scotia on map in fuller detail. < General geography of tiie Priniu'csof (,"aiuida and the Continent, as on the Hemisphere maps. Oral lessons en leading incidents of Nova Scotia History. Ariflnni/ir —As in Coiumon School Aiithmetic, Part II., first half. L'xxoiiM oil Xnfin-c. Fiom mineral and rock to soil, as shown in neigh- liorhood, and extended to five or six each of flie connnon plants, trees, in- sects, other invertebrates, tish, reptiles, birds, manunals ; and natural piienomena, such as ventilation, evaporation, fiec/.ing, closely I'xamined. Health Header No. 1 begun. Mi'xir, (t'C. — As under (jiinntl /ircxrri/ihiiiix, , iS:e. Increasing practice in representing connnon objects in outline (or as in alternative Drawing (bourse reconnuended). <;i(};ir((/ili//. Introductory Ceography text toend of Canada. Thorough drill in outlines of Hemispheres, witli map drawings. //m/,„-//.-- Leading features of History of Canada to cud ofCha))tcr .\III. .l//'//^e//c.--As in Connnon School Arithmetic, I'art II., completed. L begun. ('hara-.y.— Leading features of History of Canada to end of Cliapter XXX. Sff (/fiicral prcHcripfioiin. Arithmetic— Ka, in Common .School Arithmetic. Part III., first half. Li-Mov^ oii'XatiirK— As in (4rade VI., and witli the studv of specimens illustratmg tlie stones, minerals, &c. ; each class, sub-class, and division of plants ; and each class of animals found in the locality. .\11 common and easily observed physical phenomena. (Much of this course will be covered by a series of object lessons on the subject matter of any twenty of the easier (^■.hapters oi ./aniex' A(/ncii/fin-f, and on the Iiitrodiicton/ Scihicf P,-i)„i-r ) Health header, No. 2, begun. .Wii'fir, dc. — As under ;/^«^/Y/i(/. — Introduetoiy (ieography completed and reviewed, with latest corrections and map drill, an, and any TtMul indu.stry of tlie Sciiool Section. Local " Nature Observations " (.\Iucli of this course will be covered h\ a series of oral less III III/ riicHC ;/' III ml he (ii'mii'llii il 158. FOR A COMMON SCHOOL WITH FOUR TKACHKRS. I'RIMAKV. RiniltiHI.—Vv'nwQv and Reader No. 1, with wall cards or blackboard work. Artz/f/^af/'.— Story-telling by pupil. Easy veitical letters, words and sentences. Wntiiiif iiiid Oi-diriiii/, — Writing on slate, paper or blackljoard. Draw- ing of easy interesting figures, plans of platform and scliool-room, etc , or, as in Mixiniitl Tmiiiiinj No. 1, to the end of Sectiiiu IV., with Drawing Book No 1 (or as in alternative Drawing Course recommended). Arifhnii-fic. — All fundamental arithmetical operations with numbers, tlie results of which do not exceed 100, to be done with concrete and abstract numbers, accurately and rapidly. Li'i^fioiiK oil Xafiiri-, c{>c.— Power of accurate observation developed by exercising each of the sisnses on simple and approjjriate objects. Estimation of direction, distance, magnitude, weight, etc., begun. Common colors, simple, regular solids, surfaces and lines. Simple observations on a few <;ommon minerals, stones, plants and animals. Simple songs, Hygiene and Temperance. AIAANCKl) PKIMAKV. HiikIIiiij. — Readers Xos. 2 and 3, with spellintj. Lniiiiiiniic — Oral statements of matter of I'jssons, observations, etc. Written sentences witii punctuation, etc. Subject, predicate, noun, verb, and their modifiers. IVrifliHj aiiif DrdiriiK/. — On slate and blackboard, Common geometrical lines r.r.vl figures with tlicir natnes, map of school ground. Copy books. Drawing as in MkiukiI Tniiiiiiii/, No. 1, to end of Section VIIL, and Drawing Rooks Nos. '2 and 3. or representative selections from them, with outline drawing of connnon obje(;ts (or as in alternative Diawing Course recommended). Arlthiiii'llv. — As in Common Schsol Arithmetic, Part L /ji-ssoiiK oil Xafiin, it'c. — (ieographyof neighborhood and tlie use of map of province witli easy geographical terms, explanation of the change of seasons, etc. Estinuition of distance, measure, weight, etc., contiinied. Coloi-. Study of fo\u' or five each of the common metals, stones, earths, tiowers, shrubs, trees, insects, birds and manunals. Simple songs. Intkkmkdiatk. IImuUhii. Reatler No 4 witli spelling. Health Header N'o I. Lauijuai^f.. - Formal composition (simple essays twice a month), short descriptions of " Nature lesson' oliservations, etc., and letters aa well as oral abstracts. Simple parsing and analysis begun, witli the application of the more important rules of syntax, exercises selected from reading lessons. (No text book in the iianda of pujtila.) Writiiiij and Drmrimj. --('n\)y books Drawing as in Manual Traininij, No. 1, complete, and Drawing Hooks No. 4 iind .'» (or us in alternative Drawing Course recommended). .MoiU-l and object rlrawing. A.-itlniietiv. — As in ''onimon S<'liool Aritlimetic, I'art IL (lioiiraphy. — Introductory (ieograpliy toeml of (^inaila Thorough drill in outlines of Hemisphere maps. //M/ori/.— Leading features of history of Canadj to \'^7^{\ Lrisotix on Natiii-f. From minerals and rock to soil, as shown in neighborliood, and six or seven eacli of tlie connnon plants, trees, insects, other invertebrates, fish, reptiles, l)ir>ls, mamnuils, and natural phenomena such as ventilation, evaporation, freezing, closely examined. Distribution aiii! valueK of th.e statural »ro(lucts of the provinces MuhIc, at leasi half a dr/.en songs (tonic sol-fa notation). 120 COMMENTS AND REGULATIONS. PREPARATORY. Rmdin;,. -Reader No. 5. Health Reader No. 2. Elements of prosodv and plain figures of speech as illustrated in readings to be observed and oi)UQ16Q> .s>r;//tnr/.— Readers and prescribed Spelling Book, etc Z/a«7«a^.. -Leading principles of Etymology and ' Syntax. Parsing. Analysis of smiple and easy complex sentences Correction of false syntax Written abstracts of or;il and reading lessons. Simple description of Nature lesson observations, etc., narrative and business forms Functusj.tion and paragraphing. All oral, including matter of " Lessons in English. Writim, and Draroim, -Copy books. Drawing as in Mamcal Trainina No. 2 to end of Section V., with Drawing Book No. 6. Model and Object drawing with simple drawing from nature. Construction of angles and simple geometrical figures to scale and their measurement. The use of scales as on " Universal Scale " (or as in alternative Drawing Course recom- mended). ma^^ driir^'^'^^"*'^^'^"'''"'^^ ^^^^ ^"°'' ^'"^ ^''^^^^ corrections and thorough Bistofi/.—CaimdA completed, with "Brief History of England " ^rifhnuftcaitd Atgebm. -Common School Arithmetic. Fundamental rules ot Algebra, and evaluation of algebraic expressions. Bnok/:eepint/. — A simple set. J/m.s/-.--AI least eight songs and the tonic sol-fa notation Le-ssoiix OH Xatnrt.-The study by examination of the minerals, stones earths &c; of specimens of each class, sub-class and division of plants • and ot each class of animals, as found in the locality, with particular reference to the bearing of the knowledge on any useful industry, as agriculture, horticulture, &c. All common and easily observed physical phenomena. Oral lessons with experiments on subject matter of Intro- ductory Science Tniner and Jamen's Agricidfnre.. 159. FOR A COMMON SCHOOL WITH THREE TEACHERS. LOWKR. Ilmdm;/. -Primers and Readers, Nos. 1 and "J, with .spelling andTC'hts"^^'''''^'"^^"'"^ ^'^' ^"^''* '''■'"'•"S or writing simple «ord.s IVrilinuand nrawh,,,.~Vertiv>il letters, &c., on slate, paper or black- board and copy book Drawing from objects, and of Jasy interesting figures, plans of school grounds, or as in Maima/ Trahnn^c.. begun. Colors. Objective study of at 'least a tew of each class of the natural history ol)jects in liie locality Mimi: -At least three simple songs (tonic sol-fa-notation). MIllDI.K. /Undiu.,. Headers I] and 4, with spelling. Health Reader No. 1 m„m1?T"' ?■'■ "^rr"'«"* "^ ""itterof reading lessons and oral lessons, fe te^ w,iH.>!;''' i'''.r^ ;""'"T ''''•r'" ■"'•B«'vations, etc., narrative and an. ,, J f.,P^ "'•''''''' '!"•' «?"f'^'"^«««ith the easier inile.tions kssoils b^,',^ ' • '"'""« "'"' """"^y"'' "*■ «""P'« P'^««'*8'^^« i" '^''•Hng Na . complete with Drawing Hooks, .\oh. .3. 4 ami .-., or representative Ariflimetlr. As in C(.nimoii School Arithmetic, I'arts I and II. ents of prosody e observed and itax. Parsing, of false syntax, description of usiness forms, r of " Lessons inual Train imj ilel and Object of angles and t. The use of ! Course reconi- s and tliorougli land. " Fundamental nerals, stones, ion of plants ; vith particular 1 industry, as jrved pliysical atter of Intro- CHERS. "g- simple words iper or black - sy interesting No. 1, to end in alternative St half, oped by exer- geography of ignitude, dis- dy of at least •, No. I. 1 oral lessons, iiarrative and ler inHetti()n.>» es ill reading Hal Trnhiiuii, epresentativf r. as in alter- I II. COMMENTS AND HE(iLLATIOX.S. 121 ireoijraphy and History. - ■. — Five or six songs (tonic sol-fa notation). lis on A''am*/'»i,7. -Copy Books. Drawing as in Manual Traininq, No. 2, to end of Section V. with Drawing Book, No. (i. Model and Object drawing, with simple drawing from nature. The construction and measure- ments of angles and mathematical figures. The use of scales on the " Universal Scale," (or, as in alternative Drawing Course re<,'ommended). (/«o,(/ra;7Ay.— Introductory (Geography, complete with latest corrections, and treneral map drill on Hemisphere maps. His/ori/.— As in '-History of Canada,"' and the "Brief History of England." Arithmetic and Al<]khra.—Vmmnox\ Pchooi Arithmetic, and evaluation of algebraic expressijns and four fundamental rules. Bookkeepin;/. One simple set with commercial forms. Mmic.—At least eight songs and the tonic sot- fa notation. UssoHs on Nature.. ^Thi) study objectively of a number of the typical natural history objects of the locality, their distribution, value and bearing on native industries in the Province. The observation and explanation of common physical phenomena. Oral lessons and experi- ments tts in Introductory Science Primer and James's Aijricnltiire. 160. FOR A COMMON SCHOOL Wmi TWO TEACHERS. diMoK (at least, two divisions). h'eadiiiij. —Vrimarmui Readers, Nos. 1, 2 and .S, with spelling, and oral abstracts of interesting lessons ; nouns, verbs, subjects, predicates, etc., in lessons of higher classes ; writing sentences, and descriptions of " nature " observations. IVrltiiiij anil Drairin;/. -Letters, words, geometrical figures, etc., on slate, paper and blackboard. Copying from cards. Copy books and drawing as in A/annul Trainimj, No. 1, to the end of Scition Vlll. with Drawing Books, Nos. 1, 2, 3 (or as in alternative Drawing Course lecom- mended), and drawing from common objects. Aritlini(tii.-~AH in Common School Arithmetic, Pari 1. Music. —Vouv or five .songs with tonic sol-fa notation. /'•(WJt.s o» A^a^H/v.- Practice in the estimation, by guessing and testing of weights, measures, distances, etc., referred to in reduction tables. '^tudy of regular solids, surfaces, lines and cohjrs. Observation of simple physical phenomena. Examination and classification of representative specimens of minerals, stones, etc., plants and animals, to be found in the locality Training the eyes to sec everything around and the mind t»» understand explanations and relations, Sk.niok (at least two (livisions) llinilinif. Readers, Nos. 4 and ."). Health Readers, Nos. 1 and '2. • -pelliiig and t'eiinition. Oral ah.ilnici3 of !c.-5suii.*i. KlGmcniury gram- mar and analysis drill on sentences in reading lessons. Observations of tignres of speech and the character of metre in poetical passages read in the ■idvanced division. 122 COMMEN'IS AND REGULATIONS. Laiignatfe. — LeanWng principles of Rtymoloisty, Syntax, etc. Written and oral abstracts, narratives and description of " nature lesson ' observa- tions, etc , with attention to punctuation, paragraphing and form. All as in " Lessons in English," taught orally. Writini) and Dra-.umj. -Coyy Books. Drawing in Afanin/ Trainiut/, No. 1, complete, and No. 2 to end of Section V., with Drawing Books, Nos. Sand 6, Model and Object Drawing; and lessons on mathematical construction of figures in advanced division. The use of the " Universal Scale."' (Or conrtt ?ation of alternative Drawing (bourse recommended). Of.oqmphy.— Textbook (introductory) in advanced division. For all, thorough drill in the general geography of the Hemisphere maps, ^4s/!ory. — "History of Canada" and "Brief History of England" in alternative divisions. Arithmetic. --Common School Arithmetic, Parts II and III, with evalua- tion and fundamental rules of Algebra for advanced division. Book- keepin;/. Simple net for advanced division. A/Hxic. -At least eight songs and the tonic sol-fa notation. Lessons on Nalurf.— One daily to all pupils on such subjects as : estima- tion of weights, measures, distances, etc., properties of bodies, common physical phenomena, local representative specimens or species of the mineral, vegetable and animal world in the locality, the natural resources of the I'rovmce— rind the bearing of these on our industrial development, &c., &c. Experiments, &c., as in the Introductory Science Primer and Jame.s\ Aijric.nlture. 161. FOR A COMMON SCHOOL WITH ONE TEACHER. (UNiJRADKn, " MlSCKLLANROUS," OK " RuRAI. " SCHOOL.) [As a general rule there should be at least four classes or divisions in such a school ; (a) those in Reader No. T), (b) Reader No 4, (c) Reader No. X and (d) Readers Nos. 2 and 1 and Primer. The pupils in such a sciiool must be drilled to move without the loss of an instant of time, if the teacher is to be successful. There cannot be here the leisure of a graded school.] Rmding^.~(i\) Four lessons a day, very short, with spelling, grammar and composition questions on them ; (c) three short lessons in like manner; (b) two short lessons, one from Health R(>ader No. 1, with the full range of questions on them ; (a) one lesson (Health Reader No. 2 on alteinato days), with questions covering spelling, definitions, grammar, analysis, prosody and composition, more or less partially . Writini) and Draioimj. (d) On slate or paper from blackboard or cards during specified times of the day ; (c) same, more advanced ; (b) copy books and drawing books, once each day ; (a) tiie same once each day. The use of the " Universal i^cale.'" //««//?(«(/«. —Text book oidy in (a) and once a day or every other day. with written compositions in (ii) and (b) as indicated in the other courses, ("lass instruction or essay criticism once or twice a week. All as in " Lesson's in English, ' taught orally. (•fO!;riiphy.~Orii\ lessons once or twice a week to (d) and (eland (1)|. Text book twice a week (b) and (a) flis/ory. Oral lessons once or twice a week to (c| and (b). Text-book twice a week for (a I. AritfinK'tt'r. —Each class to receive attention twice a day as a chiss from the teacher ; (d) a very few minutes at a time ; (a) more time, which migiil vary with tiie dirtioulty of the points to l)o reasoned out. This will form the main subject for " seat work,'" while the teacher is engaged with otlici classes. Music. \t least twice a day for a few minutes. Exercises short imd often given are more useful for many purposes than exorcises long aii.-(hice every day ho as to select durink/ the year tlic most important points specified hi the. uncontracted ciuirser (Jrai lessons on subject nuitter of Jauns's Ai/ri'uf>a>-i. A specimen time table is given below for such schooU. X, etc. Written lesson '' observa- ind form. All as fanin/ Train iitij. Drawing Books, ou mathematical ' the " Universal recommended), i vision. For all, e maps, of England "' in III, with evalua- ion. on. •jects as : estima- bodies, common r species of the natural resources ial development, enoe Primer and \CHER. School.) ' divisions in such (c) Reader No. ;i» in such a school t of time, if the isure of a graded pelling, grammar a in like manner ; the full range of I alternate days), .nalysis, prosody jk board or cards I ; (b) copy books 1 day. The use every other day. le other courses. Bek. All as in and (c) and (1)|. (b). Text-book y as a chiss fioin me, which miglii This will form {(iged with otlici ircises sliort iiml Mcises long uinl liy tliH year I he w. (Jral lesson^ COM.MEXTS AND REGULATIONS. 12.'{ 164. SU(iGESTIVE TIME TABLE. (UESKiNED TO AID IMC.VI'KRIKNCED TEACHERS AM) TRUSTEES.) This specimen is given here for a rural school in which it is assumed there is only common school work to be done-lhe work of the first eight " Pro- vincial Grades." Ere.ry Teacher should have a lime table., giving all these details, posted lip in the school room, so that pupils can be guided by it even to iheir " desk " work. Inspectors are required to insist on this in every school. TIME TABLE. [For a "rural" or "miscellaneous" common school of eight grades grouped in four classes (a), (b). (c) and (d), as directed on the previous page, with about 14 pupils, 2 in 8th, .3 in 7th, 4 in 6th. 5 in .".th, 6 in 4th, 7 in 3rd, 8 in 2nd, and 9 in Ist grade.] Time WHRN Bkou.n Rkoita''io.s to Traciikr. SiLKNT Work or tmk Fol'r Classss At Dr^ks. iMonday, ^ erinesday, Friday, Tuesday. Thursday. 9 :00 15 9 : 1.") 15 ;» :;iO 15 ;t : i!> 15 10 ■.w 15 10 ■ 15 5 10 :20 :o — ! 10 :50 10 — 11 00 15 u K) 16 n ■30 6 11 35 25 — — 12 00 00 1 00 5 1 Of) 1.-^ 1 20 15 1 35 16 1 50 15 •> Oft 5 ■) 10 20 — 2 rjo 10 >) 40 15 ■ > 65 10 ■i 05 15 ■.\ 2') 15 ;i •M> 15 3 50 10 Openlnif sonsr. and RdII-phH. (d) Reading, tipclllnx, etc. ((.( " (I,) " (a) " i'oiiur and Callsthi>n|fs. (a). (Ij;. (e) and (d), Arithmetic, eto. (a) (b) (c» («!){ ■ Arith. Arith. S))eiliiiK. Arith. Spelling. Speilinif. Spelling. Spelling. Drawing. Spelling. Drawing. Arith. # « * 1 Rrckbs. (a) Gram, anil Anal. j (a) r,an','uage. (d) Reading, S|ielllng, etc Mental Arithiiietle. Writing. | Drawing Arith. Arith. * Arith. Arith. Arith. Ari'tii. * ♦ Noon Intkrmissiom. Song and Roll-rail. Geog.. etc., (oral). \ Hist., etc, (oral) (a + ) lieog. (u + I IllHt. (i') riUiiguage. I (d) Liuigiiage. ,,,v i. I (a) Tutis. I Health '"' I '1)1 Thurn. ( Reader Song and Calisthenics. Arith , Alg., B. K , or .Math.. Druwiia Map Drav Arith. Arith. >rith. Language. t.aiigiiaxe Language. Language Arith. i Spelling. .Spelling. RncKss. " Nature" and f-icnce lesson from ohjccti. Writing or Drawing notes on lessons. rd) Reading, Spelling, etc, (c) (b) (a), (t)), (I'landid) He- Hath. I I'ltations. (F;loeutioii- .Math. arv on Kridays.) Math. Math. lArith, I ■Spelling. Spelling. Spelling. lArith. Announcement!!, etc., and Hong. 124 COMMENTS AM) REGULATIOXS. NOTES ON TI.MK TABLK. * Desk work, Mathematics, when teacher is not engaged w itii tlie class. t Desk work, desiiription in writing (and drawing when necessary) of natural objects or observations, when the teacher does not require the attention of the class to the " lesson'" of the day. Some lessons may bf adapted to all classes, others to the senior or junior. \Vhen an elementary lesson is given classes (c) and (d), the classes (a) and (b) should be working on a written description of a plant, an in.sect, or other phenomena observed, or experiments in physics, etc., with drawings. And vice rcrsa. X Class (d) may be necessarily made up of fn-o or //tree, if not more sub- classes, each of which must be rapidly taken in turn,— some in their letters, some in their primer, etc., but all must receive attention in these subjects three or four times a day, for they can do but very little at a time /("earf/Hf/.— Should include spelling, definition of words, grammatical notes, derivation, prosody, etc., as the matter suggests ; and the literary and other ideas involved should be made clear to the pupils. There is a saving of time and effort in consideriug as many related things as possible together. .Vcf tjcueral prescriptions. Lanijuafji'. — The "desk'" work should require every day, if possible, the expression of the pupil's thoughts about something on which he can have clear ideas To read a short story, or choice description once to the class, giving all, say, exactly five or ten minutes to write rapidly their remem- brance of it substantially, is a good exercise; especially if the errors art- corrected before the class or otherwise shortly after; or to give them an object or a picture to "write up" in a limited time. This will develop facility of composition. Some grammar and analysis, of course, will be necessary in order to enable the pupils to understand the reasons why some methods of expression are better than others. il/a^/iewa^c,..— Several subjects need be taken up only for a month or two, such as the elemeta'-y rules of algebra, accounts, the use of the mathematical scales, as on the " Universal Scale"' (engraved on wood) and the compass in mathemutical drawing. Some of the.se might be taken instead of arithmetic, say in the afternoon, or on alternate days. Bio/i Srhoo/ Wort Wheie work of this kind has to be done, those studying the high school subjects might aid the teacher with some of the classes so as to obtain time for the high school studies which might other- wise cut down too much of the time given to the common school grades, which are of paramount importance in ungraded schools. When high f-chool work is being done, tiie teachers time, in case of a difference of view by tliose interested, might be fairly decided to be distributed to each grade, in proportion to the number of grades and pupils in eacli. Nature Lessons, dx — See general prescriptions. ALTERNATIVE COMMON SCHOOL COURSE OF DRAWING. 163. Tiie following is the alternative course of Drawing for tlie common school grade.«. which is referred to in the ])receding prescriptions. For partially graded, and for ungraded schools, it can be condensed as illus- trated in the preceding condensations of the regular course for fully graded schools. Tiie subdivisions (a), (1>), [<■) and iiJ) serve to call and keep atten- tion to lines wi.ich should be followed through all the grades, even in the condensed courses which teachers are expected to form and adapt to the conditions existing in rural schools : (iRADK I. (a) Dra7,iiig as a>/ aid to /.ani/uaije.— Frte illustrative sketching from copy, memory, and imagination. Show pupils good outline pictures of simple objects, of scenes, r.nd of scenery. Teach ilem to tell what such pictures express Make on black board in presence of pupils outline pictures of familiar objects, such as a kitten, a l)oy witii a Hag, a house on iiill-top, and a boy running after his hat. Let llu- pupils copy these pictures and combine them to for., original ones. d with the class, len necessary) oi not rei]uire the ! lessons may hv en an elementary lould be working llier phenomena And vice rerm. if not more snb- — some in their tention in these y little at a time ds, grammatical and the literary Dils. There is a hings as possible , if possible, the lich he can have mce to the class, lly their remem- if the errors are to give them an his will develop course, will be he reasons why for a month or the use of the jd on wood) and might be taken days. be done, those vith some of the ch might other- 11 school grades, Is. When high a difference of :rilnited to each eacii. RAWING. for tlie common scriptious. For densed as illus- for fully graded and keep atten- les, even in the nd adapt to the .sketcliing from ■ scenes, and of Make on black DJccts, such as ii inning after hi.s Id fi)!.! origiimi COMMEXT.S AND REGULATIONS. 125 Encourage all honest eff"ort and criticize mildly even the po^^rest When the drawmg is not satisfactory ask the pupil to re-examine the object and ny again, perh ps next day. This will be particularly valuable when he is drawing from memory. Occasionally use coloured crayons and have the pupils use coloured pencils. (//) Drawinij as an uH to Nature Lex-^om. — Let every nature lesson end, when possible, with an illustrative drawing of the object studied. This will lead the pupils to observe and examine with greater care, and render the impressions more kiting. Outline drawings of aninials, trees, leaves and fruits, most interesting to children, are appropriate for this grade. Sometimes this work may be done in colour with the brush, using diamond dyes. [c) Formal Dran-iiKj Lessons.— A half-hour le-sson once or twice a week. Make the pupils draw from objects such as apples, half-apples, oranges, eggs, leaves, tubers, roots, etc. -from any simple object not involving perspective. They should frequently make models of objects in clay or other material and then make drawings of them. Some attention should he given to the primary colors with their tints and shades. For manual drill, let the pupils draw circles and curve.s on the black board. They should occasionally, in symmetrical exercises, use botli hands at the same time, and sometimes the left instead of the right hand. All the drawings should be large. Much injury is done to children and time is wasted in striving for minuteness of detail and accuracy of tinish, before the eye and hand are sufficiently developed. In small country sections, or in schools where the teacher has but one grade and not too many pupils, stick and tablet laying, also paper cutting and folding should be practised. A series of such exercises will develop (he idea of symmetry and be the best preparation for original designing. Good teachers will, at this stage, be sparing in the use of technical terms. Voung children should always draw from interesting objects. Type forms represent abstractions which should not be used until the pupil "has reached them by his own generalizations. e^ Colored crayons may be used to advantage in all the grades, when water colors cannot be obtained or effectively used, (iKADE II, (a) As an aid to laiiffua'ji: . —KncouvAge and help the pupils to illustrate niinple scenes and event", oy pencil sketches. Excellent selectionf, in literature suited to this grade are now attainable, such as fairy ta Pupils gener- lly take mujh pleasure in pic- torial repres«"t:c-i!. \ Their attempts at first will be crude but experience has • the great majority of pupils will improve rapidly, that their coi.. ^iJl be made more vivid, and consequently that the constructive in. ,i so useful in the study of history and geography will receive p -t r development. (//) As an aid to natnre lessons.— As in Grade 1. More difficult objects and some detail ; simple grasses and Howers occasionally using water colors. The leaf in the various stages of its growth. The cow or horse and the dog froni memory. Let the pupil be asked to observe these animals carefully whenever he can and then make a memory drawing of them in school. Point out mistakes and let the pupil correct them by renewed observation until the work is fairly good. Trees. — Characteristic foliage in mass of spruce, oak or beech, poplar or elm. Apple on branch with leaves. ((•) .-is an aid to inathonalics.— Teach the pupils to draw accurately frrm one point to another, using a ruler. Draw parallel lines. Number work may be made more interesting by having the pupils make pictures of a given number of birds, apples, etc, by making them divide a, 126 COMMENTS AND RE(;ULAT10NS. line or any rtgulat surface into equal parts to illustrate the nature o fractions, halves, fourths and eighths. ((/) Formal drawing Uttsons.—lv/oh&M hours a week. Continue same work as in Grade I, introducing the grouping of two or more aimple objects. 'J he manual drill on theWack board should include ornamental curves. Construct with coloured paper an historic border. Represent it by a drawing. Vary the pattern. GRADE III. (a) At ail aid fo laiitjuMif. - Aa in Grade II (a). E.xcellent copies of masterpieces of art may now be obtained at so bmall a cost as to place them within the reach of the poorest school. Before studying and discussing the pictures appropriate for this (or any other) grade, the pupils should see and examine as many as possible of the objects mainly represented, clouds, forests, mountains, "rivers, lakes, ravines, animals, churches, etc. (h) A-'' an aid to nature len.ious. — As in Grade II (b), but somewhat more difficult. Cat, rabbit, hen, duck, herring, trout, the jjarts of a flower, turnip and potato, leaves, etc. (c) Ax an aid to mathematic* and (jeoyraphy. — Drawing squares and rectangles ot given dimensions. Dividing them into square inches. Measuring distances in the classroom and representing them by linos one (juarter of an inch to a foot. Draw ing correct plan of the schoolroom and of the play-ground. Divisions of lines and surfaces into thirds, sixths and twelfths. (d) Forma/ Drau-in;/ Lcswtm. — As in Grade II, but more advanced. Ornamental curves more complex, copied and original, on blackboard. Borders formed by repetition of flower forms. GRADE IV. (a) vlx an aid to language. — Continued as in Grade III (a). [b) As an aid to nature lestion-s. — Common plants, shrubs, trees (-^f each three or four), so as to be readily recognized by their characteristic branch- ing and foliage. Fruits. A few of the larger bones of the human body. The frog and the butterfly in the various stages of development. The sparrow and the robin. Natural colors to be used when convenient. As it will generally be impossible to obtain human bones, corresponding ones from other large animalr may be used instead. {<■) ^s an aid /o mathiinatics and neof/raphy. — Fifths and tenths illus- trated. The use of the compass in drawing circles. Right angles, triangles arid squares geometrically constructed. Map drawing Plans to jcale. Working drawings of a few simple objects. {d) Formal drairiu;/ hssonn.— As in Grade III (d). Study of good pictures. Principles of repetition and alternation in exercises on borders and rosettes. Study of color in objects. Pleasing combinations of color in design. CR.ADE V. (a) As ail aid to laii!/nu^i,^f. —Continued as in Grades II and III. The reading lessons will afford abundant material for pictorial drawings and illustrative sketches. Besides, there are incidents in child life, his games, etc, "playing ball,'' " fishing for trout," "snowballing," "what I saw on my way to school," "the hay makers." Drawings in mass of animals and children in interesting attitudes. Here appropriate colours will greatly improve the effect. (b) As an aid to nature lessons Vlanta, thistle, horsetail, iris, wood- sorrel. Animals— sheep and goat, turkey and goose, salamander, beetles, butterfly. Analysis of leaves and flowers for coFour schemes. the nature o Continue same r more limple de ornamental spresent it by llent copies of i to place them )r this (or any possible of the rivers, lakes, omewhat more flower, turnip g squares and quare inches, in by lines one ound. Ifths. lore advanced. ickboard. trees ('^f each eristic branch - human body, opment. The I generally be in other large [ tenths illus- gles, triangles lans to jcale. tudy of good ies on borders itions of color I III. irial drawings child life, his lling," " what igs in mass of priate colours I, iris, wood- ,nder, beetles. COMMENTS AXi) KECiULATION.S. 127 (f) Ak an aid to mathcmatir^ and ^jeo;/raphy.~ AccurHle drawings of polygons with compasses and ruler. Development of surface of pyramid in card board. Paper cutting to produce forms of regular solids. Plan of the school section Map of province. Working drawings for a bracket. ((/) Forma/ drawing /eswjtv -Studies of good copies of famous paint ings. Exercises in complex curves on blackboard- occasionally with both hands. The most elementary principles of free hand perspective as applied t'. simple objects.— the circle and the cube in different positions. The study and reproduction of historic ornament. Colour lessons tints and studies in objects, and pleasing combinations of colour in design. OKADK VI. (rt) Ax an aid to lanyuaije —An in QradcV {a,). (h) As an aid to nature (f'-swHs— Organs of the human body— hands, feet, ears. Plants— lady's slipper, red maple. Animals— bear and fox, hawk and owl, insects in various stages of development. Study of colour in natural objects ('•) As an aid to r.iathematics and ;/eography. -The measurement of angles and lines. Plotting geometrical figures, and simple geometrical problems. Map drawing— North America, showing Canada somewhat in detail. Working drawings of simple rectangular objects. (f/) Formal drawintj Icssov-s.—As h\ Grade V (d), but more advanced. The idea of type forms, cubes, pyramids, ovoids, etc., developed from the study and drawing of simple objects. CiR.4DK VII. (a) Ah an aid to luvrjnaye. — As in (Jrade V. (a). Special attention to the drawing of the best buildings and landscapes of the section. (/') As an aid to nature /c'iHon'i.— StvuctUTe oi hones and muscles, eyes. Plants Animals— spider and web, kingfisher, squirrel. Analysis of beautifully coloured natural objects. (c) As an aid to mathematics and (jto^i^n-aphy. — Vlotting. More difficult geometrical problems. Map drawing— Europe. Working drawings. {d) Forma/ draiving /t'ssoji.— Object drawing. Freehand perspective. Decorative design. Study of tints and shades. Pleasing iirraugemeius of groups of fruit, vegetables, or other objects; vase-forms, etc.; arrange- ments of objects to express some complex tliought, as a bottle of ink, a pen and a sheet of paper. CiKADK VIII. [n) As au aid to lamjuaye — Occasional practice in pictorial sketching. ih) As an aid to nature lessons.— V\a.nts and animals. Heart and lungs of a sheep or an ox. Apparatus used in science lessons, etc. ('•) As an aid to mathematics and geography, —hiicwute plotting and measurement by mathematical instruments. Working drawings of common objects to scale. Geometrical problems. Map of the British Isles. [d) Formal it Year, iri/k ritish History is Governed.'* jf the various ar/'s Primer. lition), or an inn of plans, igonometrical hool Drawing Trainini/ No. Single Entry page 77. gebra to end 168 in Ha/ 1 d- mperative for chool pass" is jachers's pass'' evious grade, in Dalgleish's , with special / in written pendix") com- iook complete, I to LIX. md year, with It 18 lessons, on only, ■itish History I Text book of =30) Agricul COMMENTS AND REGrLATIONS. 129 Grammar and easy co;nposition partly "oased on prose 9. Dranmxo A.N-D BooK-KEEPiN«-100: (a) Mathematical Drawing as in previous grade, but more advanced ; Faiince'^ Mechanical D> awing ve- commended to teachers for " proper use of instruments." High School ,s "LTriHf v""?"**' ^n{ '-k ^'^\ "'"''^^ ^"'^ °'^^«''^ drawing, with simple draw- n.gfroni Nature, (b) Book-keeping; Double entry forms and problems. 10. AuiTHMETic-100: The Academic Arithmetic complete Chater XXVII '~'°^ " ^^ '" ''^"'^ ""'^ Knightn Elementary to end of I'J. Geometry- 1 00: Euclid I, II and III to Prop. 20, with the easier exercises in Hall and Sta-en-s. ( ^'?.',r~'i'*''"' ^'^^'?' ^'renchand German optional, all others imperative for Jeachers pass." The minimum for a "High School pass," 400 on any eight papers with no subject below 2.i ; for a "Teachers- pass," 400 with no imperative subject below 40. OHADE XI. 1. ENCiUSH Literature - 100 : [a-80] Mihct, L' Allegro, II I en^ero'io, Comus and Lycidm, Macaidoy.-< Enmy on MiUon [b^ 201 A general acquaintance witli the prescribed literature of the previous grade as above. ^ e> ^^ 2 English Grammar-100 : History of English language and Text Book complete with difficult exercises. [b| History of English literature as m Metklejohn. ° .3. Latin— 100 duthor read. ri ?• ir'^V,'^~.}^^-^ "^^^ ?'?.'"■'•'' ^' '^'-^^- ^"'^- Book I (also for 1903). and [b] VirgUs .hncid, lio<,k II ; (for 1903, Book 111), with grammatical and critical questions. 5. ({rekk— 100: Graminar and easy composition based partly on author read and H hite'-^ First Greek Book completed 6. Greek— 100: Xenofihon'^ Anabads, Book IV., (for 1903, Book 1) with grammatical and critical questions. 7. French— 100: As in Fasnacht's Proqresdve Coarse, Third Year Pierre Coeuj's L'Ame de Beethoven and Richebourg'.s Les Violette-i Blanches (MacMillau A Co). ' 8. German — 100 : As in JoyiiesMeismer, to lesson 44, with Buchheim"s Modern German Header, Part I., complete. 9. History axi> GEOCiRxPHY— 100: General History and Geography as in Swinton. ° •' 10 PnYsiOLOi Enqlish Lamuaoe Frestef Tale. (Skeat's 2/6 edition.) (Also for 1903) 2. E.ngi,ishLiteratupe-100: StopJordS Brooked (3/(5 edition) for reference. Prescribed authors : Shakespeare's A^awi/.^ ; Tennyson's /« ;¥nr.'Qnr'«?T''^'^P'''';Vi' OondliaHon ^vifh America (>,ho for 1903) I and II) ^^^''^^P^'"'^ ' -^"'"'-^ ^'"''■'x^^ •^nd Milton's ramdise Lost, BkL People, and ClemenV.s History of Canada. J J '" i^n^^n-n, 4 PsY(;Hoi.o.a'--100 : As in James's Text Book of Psychologv or Maher's edition of 1900, "^ .y^-""»og,V. or 5. Sanitary Sciknce.-IOO : As in the Ontario Manual of Hygiene. (B) IMPERATIVE KOR CLASSICAL SIDE. I. Latin Com position. -100 : Grammar as in Bennett, and Composi- tion asjn Bradley^s Arnold or equivalents. Latin translation at ,S Anna.:,, Book L (For 1903, Hutories, Book I)" J.)e i>e,iertnte and De A mkitia ( Also for 1 903) .hrnid, Books IV and VI. (For 1903, (horgic,). for J003). A/)*.,o for " Teachers' pass.'" No paper to fall below oO. 165. rXIVERSITV MATKICL-LATIOX. The leading universities and eolleL'es of tJ,« p..,. • accept the Grade XI or Junior lJS hLI V^ "*''" ''^^'^ '^S'-eed to their matriculation examination whpn^tt^ ^•''j'""' ^'^'titi^ate in lieu of each subject required by he Zu^dar .« . V^"- '^^ate indicates a pass on For example, a univers^Jy n^^x 50 orKp,'"'"'.'"" '''""^'^'■^^ co,rcerned. a .0 1 rmkeT?'''""^ '" '''« '^"""''^ ultimate advantages of a .han/e w U more n,a„ '""'''' r"*" ^''"^ ^^e the temporary los*l or a.u.oyanSa^iisrv- he.l iTS^ "'? ^^'P''' ^'"• change there must be. It is the es^nti, Iv. .W , . ^',"« "" '''"'"«*^- '<"» ought under such circunistances to b^^ 'wa;s'l^^^^^^^^^^^ f}^^r''' ' "^''^^ ^« nspectors and teachers are reminded ^ prepared for it. ecinLLarexplmmurTfor^heSt [iksT"'" "i''""'« ^'"'••"™«- - instruction for junior classes Too .»..!.?? I P"'^'"l'"« a system of „ral in respect to tt? no e youtS p nds bv nhf ''^ '" '"^'^-^^ themselves books no, needed in any cL^ »d wor e , Imn ^l«l *^ T "''"" ''*"''" '«" 1.V proper oral expositimi. A tex Crsl otd, Innrf ''''"" .""^T ""P*'"*^ until he is prepared to use it inSiigendy ' ' ■■"'""■"'' ^'"' * «'»''» (21 That the regulation which makes ir ilio,.„i 1 • teacher to introduce unauthorimltextH bv..*^ and improner for a giving his pupils the benefit oTo her rla.L to' wLe'"''T '""' ^""" may attach importance. The piouress ve te. nhl '*''"«« '"'P'anat ions he aids within rea^ch. and will so ZThZ'i: '^f.!!!:':*!''!^^'^^ "'"vo such to ills instructions. •r""- •.nncry ana inierosfc 132 COMMENTS AND REGULATIONS. LIST OF TEXT BOOKS PRESCRIBED FOR USE IN SCHOOLS. 167» COMMON SCHOOL (iRADES. Royal Readers, Primer and Nos. I to 6. (Thomas Nelson & Sons, Edin- burgh and London.) [3 cts., 10 uts., 17 cts , 30 cts., 45 cts., and 60 eta respectively.] In French sections, French- English Royal Readers, Primer to No. 3. [8 cts., 20 cts., 30 cts., 45 cts., respectively.] Len Grander luve.ntiovH Modernes, par Louis Figuier, 50 cents. Spelling bock superseded— En^lM Ed it ion. (Sullivan Bros.) 25 cents Health Readers ^os. 1 and 2. (T. C. Allen & Co., Halifax.) 20 and 30 cents. Calkin's Introductory Geograpiiy. (A. & W. Mackinlay, Halifax ) (iO cents. ' ' Calkin's History of Canada. (A. & W. Mackinlay, Halifax,) 50 cents. Brief History of England. (Thomas Nelson & Sons, Edinburgh ) 17 cents. ° Lessons in Enrlish. (A. & W. Mackinlay, Halifa.x ) 30 cents. [Gram- maire Francaise Elementaire, for the use of teachers in French sections 1 30 cents. " ^ Common School Arithmetic. (T. C. Allen A Co., Halifax.) 15 cents each part ; 40 cents threi'. jjartn bound in one. Tonic sol-fa: National and Vacation Songs. (Grafton & Sons, Montreal.) 8 cents, or Young Voices (Curwen, London),. 5 cents. Writing: Copy Books— FerAco/, as in Jacksons New Style, 5 cents each ; or Slopmtj Royal, 7 cents each Drawing Books: Public School Drawing Course (Canada Pub. Co., Toronto), 5 cents each ; or Langdon S. Thompson's, 10 cents each • or home-made books of cheap paper, under direction o( teacher for alternative course rDCommended. 168. HKiH SCHOOL (.RADKS. English Grammar (Mackinlay). 30 cents. Academic Arithmetic (T. C. Allen & Co.) 40 cents. Martin's " The Human Body and the ettecis of Narcotics" (Henry Holt & Co.) Jjil.Od. Calkin's Geography of the World (Mackinlay). .§ 1.25. Outlines of British History (Thomas Nelson & Sons, Edinburch) 45 cents. r Hall & Stevens' Euclid. [I., 25 cents, I. to IV., 55 cents, I. to XI 80 cents.] ■' Hall Si, Knight's Elementary .\lgebra. 75 cents. James's A(frindture (Morang, Toronto). 30 cents. Note.— The character of the High School work in its various subjects is further indicated by the books referred to in the High School Course of Study from year to year. 169. MAP.S, CHAHTS AM! AlTAKATl'8. The Council has not deemed it necessaiy to prescribe maps and charts of particular authorshin for use in the Public Schools. In such well-known series as those of Phillipo. Johnston or Mackinlay, trustees will find an abundance of excellent material from which to select. The special character of Church's Mineral Map will tend to popularize it in many parts of the province, while it fully answers tiie purposes of a general map Prang's Natural History Series of botanical and zoological drawiiiKS ia accompanied by a manual of directions. The "Standard Dictionary" (Funk and Wagnalls, New York and Lon- don), is recommended. Trustees are authorized to procure the "School Equipment," described as ner^swry in^ the Manual of the School Law, from any makers or puosiSuers, satirtaeto.-y to themselves and the ioipectur. COMMENTS AND REGULATIONS. RBCOMMENDRD FOR THE USE OF TEACHERS. 133 170. and for urgent or sVeoial offiLi ? ""^ ''"'''^"* *'^"'^^tional progre^^ annual ismfli MsZol^Z^ tZT 'v ■''''^^'' ''^^^^^^ ^^^ ««'" ' Boards of School TJLtT'jKOo'ptl^n". '^ '^'^° -o.nmend.d to all il'n/n ^*';f '■*"'' '^y •'• B Calkin S:X^^iS^^!-:^:«1!-d by G. U. Hay. Sl.C^. Kemeutary Er,,,li.h Co,„mitL., by Svkes (W. J. Gage& Co) ^ "^ ' P^' ^ '' !« '"dies. .10 cents each. NATCKE LESSONS. ETC. for Standard I II .„,i Vi^r u , *,^f' "8ff> ^^w York) ; Obje,-t Lessoiin Creen & S). ' ' ''^'^ l»^"gla.ul), by Garlick and Dexter /Longman", 7 /'i tfilr""" ''"'^' ^'^^"^^ ^^"^^'-^ ^y «• R- MoLcod. Page, ,«6. ^ Vi:. SKt "^ ^y- '■ !-«• ^««es 205. .4 X 7i inche. AlfenTco")^ ''^^■' ''""'■ "'^"^^'"'^"•y- ^^ "«'«" N- Bel!. 25 cents. (T. C. rif 'w ^r^B-^'i;;''';'/''''''' (^"tanot. rages 2.V». 4 V 6i inches OA^^L^'^^f^""''' '''•'"'■'""' '^y'^- "• Bailey. Pages XI + ««. n.i£';rco.;:^ ''""""""' "^ "^"'-^ ''■ ^^''"s- p'^«- -^ni + .so, (Mao. 4x(nnches,iMlJ,'i;;ril^cM':^^^^^ by Krnost .S. Reynold,. 164 V* Kt.EMRNTAhY AIDS TO STUnV OK NAriTRAL 8CIEN0K. nvli'rr llf-'^. 'f-^:' to. faSiti;: -Ye nZ^o^^^-^V ruh" '?"' K-Jl'Ir ' "• ^'"."crnies ; 4, Beetles ; .3, Moths ; «, Freab Water tit 134 COMMENTS AND REGULATIONS. New" Yorki^'^'"' ^^'^""'''''' ^^ ^^"'^^'^•^' PP' 367, r> x 7 inci.es (Henry Holt, . Hearf ?4Xt„r "'"""'"'"• '^ '^'"■'' PP- '^«' '' '^ ' '-^- ' (•^- c- Pracdcal Botany for Beginners, by Bower [Histology of type plants with microscope and reagents] (Macmillan & Co). Pages 275 ; 5 x Tenches m. HANDBOOKS AND BOOKS OP REFERENCE FOR SCHOOL LIBRARIES. IKtTANY. (Irays Mamial, pp. 760, 84 x 6i inches, $1.80. lUmtrated llora (of North Eanlern ^ wenca) bv Britton & Brown 3 volumes, each of abont 600 pages, 11 x U inches,'. *3.00(ScdbneTNew zoo LOG V. • ClSoT'sf-So' ^'''■'^'"'""'•^- '>y •'o'-'l''". pp. 37o, 8 X 5 inches (McClurg. 5 ^ilKx^^t,*^^?;:.^^^'?;,^--'-'' '»• ^'-p-. PP- ^^0, m^^^lr::'x^^jj^^ ^^ ^--' P^^- ««^+. 10x7inches, Atauualfor the study of Ins.et.s, by Comstock, pages 700, 9.', x 6 inches »3.75. (tomstock 1'i.b. Co., Ithaca, New York.) j x o incnes, c \?^- .J" ^^'^ Revised statutes of 1900, Chapter 52, bection<7(e), authority is ^Tiven for the raisinL' of funds tor books ior the school library by assessment. Until the Council has prepared and published a list of books for such libraries, trustees purchasing such books with school funds should hrstsend a list of the proposed books, their publishers, sizes and prices, to the Secretary of the Council tor its approval. 173^ In some schools amon^ those fully L^raded, the prescribed Readers may be thoroughly nuistered before the other portions of the curse; so that additional reading might prohtably be undertaken by the pupils Such read ings are known as "supplementary," an.! may ],e authorized by the Council for any section making application; but only on the conditions: (aV that the prescribed Readers have hrst been thoroughly mastered, and (bi that the supplementary Readers authorized be the properly of the school section, so that no parent or pupil shall be retjuired to purchase any such Reader THE PROVINCIAL NORMAL SCHOOL. »f,f?*\ {''""''''''"''•7T''e function of the Normal School is the training of students for the profession of teaching. This object bemg constantlv kei }":;?;• /'-; f^r\«"- "/ "r ^■'" ^ '" «"«•' »« institution ?nfters StLl y \ XtT ? "'f .';'*^'' '"'""'• ''^^■^" "^ ^'■•"" »''*t "f *'•« university. lu i high school and the academy, the mind an.l character of the nnpd a.e nub jected to „, hiences an.l moulded by processes which it is unne.eBe.uy ad often undesirablr that the teacher should reveal. Knowle.lge is ac^ ^'^'^^•'■•^•'•^ f'c importance of con- tinuing their professional study after graduation, of pursuing invest iga- tion.s ,„ the psycimlogy ,.f the child, of carrying o^ constantly^ co\fr«X general reading designed to keep them in touch with the progress of tie fji.:.""' .f ''.7"« V" ''^ °f "" -^^'"'^ publicspirited, sellrespect g 'itizen, rather tiiau that of a learned recluse. i'«=«^u>ig 175. A'ar//*Vmv.---Iiui.ldition to receiving specific instruction in p.sychology and pedagogical theory, the students in the Provincial Normal Sdiool S given opportunity to put into practice principles accjuired. To tiiis end Uiecomnion schools ot the town of Truro have been thrown open to the ^ormaI School students, where the latter will have excellent facilities for observing the actual working of the different grades of the public schools an.l tor obtaining a measure of .experience in teachintt This arrangement, it is believed, will give the pupil-teachers a real acquaintance with school practice, as well with th« solution of problems of discipline, as wit h imparting instruction in the subjects of the curriculum. Parallel with the essentialy iiorma/ training, a course of study will be pursued in the branches of the Nova Scotia curriculum, with the aim of roudii.g out the scholarship of the students. .Some advanced wsrk will be reiiuired especially in the critical study of literature, and in laboratory and fiehl work in the physical and natural sciences. Special attention will be paid to the following subjects :— ' (a) Psychology, Principles of Pedagogy, Kthics, Civics. History of hducation. "^ {!>) Drawing, Vocal Music. (f) ralisthenics, Military Drill. (d) Agriculture. Natuial and Physical Science. {>') Manual Training and Domestic Science. Lessons in tlu" various grades of the common schools prepared under the Klirection of the faculties of the Normal School and the nubile «.,h....!« ,,( tile town <»f Truro, will I.e given by students under the supervision of the teachers of the Normal School. Written compositions and lesson scheme.-, 136 COMMENTS AND REGULATIONS. omr^ o?Si 7ftr^ '^ principles of method to the subjects of ,he t It«'''<"''>»«l'i M»""»l Training Sohiol. (5.) Iha Truro Domestic Science School. Abstract ok coi:rsk of sti-dv. precept, having everTvi^w the aim Affitr •^>',™'P'« "^^ ^vell as by fn the^life of th^e natio" L\d of tL Jaco "'"^ ^'""^ '" ^^^^ ''' P^''^ "-^'I Psychology, its aim, its relation to pedagoev and to .nniflU a „ . i n,.„. of ?l'eVi„'r;iijx*„r.ih»r:r ■""' «"-»»"«»™ > ">»-8- ...d'S'?l';»;,«r"'"'"'' """""""""'• '"-«l«li™of teacher to p„pil Sdiool aulhoritiea ; school hiws ,n,l re«ul«tioii«. rsT. : := ri-iS: =.-:■,.» ^r'- imttetl to thi'ir cliarg;.: ' =•"'' "'^ ^'=^- I-^J-"«i5 •.vcli-bemg ol pupilH com- bjects of t he- will also be ubject to the enlarged by Teaching. jcture-roonis !icl its other • vwon and ork of the fluence and i well as by ts part weil A general plication of education. ion ; duty ; and higher y- ie of study. IS ; correla- I ; manage- 'v to pupil nination of , to enable ded in the the public character ; rawings as develop in olour, and an nature, ns of the on lo the the staff cercises in ises. king, of a srature by I). n will he jnces luid peteiit to earing of ) exei'cim} pilH com- COMMENTS AND REGULATIONS. 337- thfSiSISgp^ji^:;;? ojts^t "•^ "^1^^" f ' '^'^' -^p« ""-^er itistructed in rL^ shoo n^a. w^ll f-^'''^'-,^'''' ^''^ ^'"'>' ''*'""' ''''^ ''^••« tion is given by^a comDetfnf In '" ™'''^'-3' exercises. This instruc- Fredericton ^ competent drdl master from the Military School at sciS-stStt cWeWrS H ^''"T-^ '^' ^«"""« .iepartments of mental, and^thf maSwilf iZT'^ '' essentia ly practical aud experi- tVon, within the don a^ o/e^eTyZ'frf L''""'*' '^"" -P---"ts ' to the application of scieSiHrifnowilS: , Jf ^^ "npo[tance is attached '^''iuhS T^r r s^idurtrreSSan^di:^""'^' '"'"^"••^ ^^""^^y' deductions are md^ therefrom^ «S ^',"- T^'"^'^.'*"" =^'« tabulated ; occurrence ..tr. c^L • 1 r ' additional information as to formation is?3 d\n notclSrwl'^:;ru3'^""\^^ r^*"'S= "-Ithe whole In all «,nrt r,;„ • ,^^' ^\"'f " IbuH form elementary text-books .ion of ;,« ^Ind^irf'S" ofSit'" '"'"■"' '■' ""' P"«"-' «PP"- teaching stress wVll J l«"^*"''i '" .'^""»«^^tion with mathematical of literarv «t 1 f/yo',,,. A courso in grammar and composition notions ling will i,t spicihcd by the master, or chosen with his approval. nStrSl^ Sll '";;;; "' ""^' !'\ ^'y^^^^ ^-^'^--^- «f allminlstraUon 5 and SoSpS -U" elopment. Correlation of historical geograpnical studies. Method of ten.;hing geography to children. r„..„ ,,'.'" ^^'V''/"".'/'^'' -^'o"'se« in written and spoken French n.»I IhosHiiJuag;: ''''''' '" ''"''' "•'" arofaniiliarwitUh^'Sne^o'f «n!? U' ''("■'"V"'". *'«W._The subject of Manual Training in DrawinLr fil T'r':'' 'r "''HS'^*"''^' '-"• all male students, but oMionarfm stT« nf , ""'"iV T''" '^•'^ ^'^'^ ^'°"'««*i« S^i«"«« '^""••s;. The bourse co ancl woodwork directly connected with it ; students beinc led to see t « application of miu.li nf th^i^ „,...,.;,...„ ,i'- .--• i •'^- - ^"'^ MechanicftI ,lrn «,;„,", i' ' t-;-,-'-'^ thcoicnuai worK in matiieriiatics. ^ot::S!^S^:uJZ'^''' mstrumentsistHechief form of exprcs- 138 COMMENTS AND REGULATIONS. i (a) Oitl.ograpl.ic or light-linod piojecUoii of solids, as in plana elevations, sections, etc., of working drawings. ('') Isonietiif projection and its application to practical work ('-•) Drawing to scale. {(I) The dinien.;ioning and Hnishing of working drawings. (' ) 1 he use of the metric system of measurements. . The iKMuhM ork consists of a carefully graded series of exercises designed Tnvolv.rl'i,/'H' ' < * ••' "'t' ?/. ''i»fi^"»t3- of the tool manipulations ™ .,7i •''"'■ ,>'''."',S' f;"8elling and planing, are followed by the nZ ^1 L* "^m" '"'■^T^'^ 'llustrating various principles of drawing an.l practical work. Tlie making of small pieces of apparatus for experimental woik IS encouraged, and various useful models for drawing are made. J he growth aiuF- structure of cone-bearing and broa.i-leaved trees is Illustrated by numerous specimens and lessons ; a practical ac(.uaintance Vi 'l'""L'„. ■ '•"'""'o"«'' woods of cmmerce is also formed. The meuiods ,.t telling, converting and seasoning lumber are dealt with ; tiie taults an.l detects commonly met with in it ; the methods of preservation and hnishnig and various other useful points are taken up and discussed. f*?(?n/. />owc-.s-'«V 6'«-e;|c-e. -This department was established in the autumn o 1900, since which time its branches of study has been compulsory for all female students of the Normal School. f ^ In the framing and carrying out of the course, regard is had to both educative and inforinative processes; so that, while eminently practical in Its methods, dealing in a concrete way with the most familiar and important of household operations, the work of the pupil nevertheless lacks none ot tlie essential qualities of experimental science. Indeed the course oi study in the domestic arts is really an application of modern science to the affairs of the household: and its chief aim is to enuip teachers with the means of inspiring pupils with an intelligent interest in all that pertains to the health and well-being of the home. Among the subjects of study will be that of the principal food products v'l^nf M '*""''■• ""■.'»''■** «''^lt«. ^I'gars, starches, proteids, animal and \egecaoie tats, special attention being given to their chemical composition and laurilive values, and the chemical changes which they undergo in the process ot cooking. There will be a systematic study of the various food materials in every -day use, and also practical demonstrations of the best and most economical methods of cooking them The Truro School of Domestic Science, which has been attiliated to the Provincial Normal School, has an excellently equipped kitchen provided with tables and cooking utensils for individual work, and here all pupils will be required to conduct, under the direction of a teacher, the culinary operations prescribed in the course. Attention wUl be paid also to hygiene, household sanitation, the care ot textile fabrics, the detection of adulteration in food stuffs and of impuruies in w ater, and to as many as possible of the thousand duties winch come within the sphere of the intelligent housewife. 181. A iiii/,,-ii„rf,ii. A well-e.juipped Kindergarten, under tiie manage- ment ot the School Hoard of Trnro, is provided with aecommodaiion in the JNormal School building, and has such general altiliation with the latter institution tliat Normal School students have oiiportunitv of observing the application ot the principles and methods of Froebels' system of child- training. "^ .Students in training as kindergartners are admitted to the classes in psychology and history of education in the Normal School. I8S. //,>■ Lihmry. The library contains ai)out 1,500 volumes, selected cluetly tor their value as oids to students and teachers in the special work ot the institution. It comprises a selection of general literature and of pedagogical works, the latter containing (he most important treatises in tlie Kn-lK^h language, as well as the tiles of several educational journals 189. The minual s.ssion of the Normal School will begin on tlie Hrst VVednesilay in October, nnti close on the last Tluuxluy in June. , COMMENTS AND REGULATIONS. , an in plana. Ell work. cises designed manipulations llowed 1)3' the f drawing and experimental ng are made. A'ed trees is acMjuaintance ornied. The lit with ; the ' preservation 1 discussed. n the autumn inpulsory for had to both itly practical familiar and nevertheless Indeed, the n of modern 1 is to equip it interest in od products, animal and composition idergo in the varif)us food s of the l)est ro School of icial Xormal I tubles and be required J operations on, the care tuti's and of sand duties tiie manage- ilalion in the 1 the latter bserving the m of child- e classes in les, selected pccial work ture and of treatises in I journals hool will se on the 139 fh3^' ^PV ,^°*^'' ^'''" *^™'«8'on «J^ould give notice to the Prmcpal at least one . .onth before the beginning of oniTnH^'r^^r^"'^,*'^'."' ^PPJi^^^tion with a certificate of age and character, and with a statement of their scholar- ship qualifications as indicated by the grade of Provincial nigh School certificate held. i\^?} -^''^ ^F ^?^ a'Jrni.ssion may be one year less, than •terulht^^ '•^ ^'^^"^^' corresponding I rank to th. 192. Four diplomas are issued by the Normal School,— iJiploma of Academic Rank, " First " Second " Third Pupils of the school will be classified according to the dip oma sought, into four divisions. A, B, G. and 1). the giadH of High School certificate presented determining the division to which the pupil will be assigned. ^ l»d. But as a " High School pass " certificate may be taken by a student with little or no knowledge of some of the subjects "imperative" for teachers (for the certificate IS awarded on an average of 50 per cent, on any ei^ht - papers of a grade, provided none of the eight is below 25 per cent.), candidates must pass an examination on each imperative subject of the High School Course up to and including the Grade corresponding to the division to be entered, on which at least 4() per cent, had not been made at a Provincial examination. A candidate who is not able to pass in all of such subjects may be admitted provisionally ■on the report of the faculty that such candidate is likely betore the termination of the course, to attain the necessary prohciency specified in regulation 101 preceding. 194. Students whose homes are not less than ten miles ■trom Iruro. are allowed travelling expenses at the rate of tive cents per mile, coming and goin?, 195. Tuition is free to all who d^eclare their intention 'to teach within the province of Nova Scotia. 196. The regular term for those seeking a diploma of rAcademic rank is as follows: i.a) For those holding a High School certificate of grade A and a college degree, from the opening of • tlie session in October, to the last Thursday in February. {h) For those holding a grade A certificate, without a college degree, from the opening of the session in October, to the close in June. ^"\'-''^"^lidates who already hold a 1QQ V^'ednesday in March. on the first Wednesday ,n February, and closes at the end of the session in June. «-• ciu uie ena 199. The term of diploma of the Third rank begins at Thnr^d?'"^' 't '^' ''''''''' ^" ^'^''^''' ^"^^ «"^i« on the la^ inursday in Januai-y. 200. Diplomas of Academic, B irst. Second and Third ranks will be awarded to the students of the different, c^isses respectively, on the completion, to the satisfaction oni ^^^^^^y- of *^''e prescribed course 20.. The Faculty may, at its di..cretion, refuse the d p.oma to a candidate whose qualifiealions are not wholly satisfactory ; it may avvard a diploma of a rank lower than, that apphed for by the candidate; or it may award an ./» mm diploma of lower rank than that souuht. and the holder o such interim diplom. may, after one year'S or'.nro" T'""^' "^'/'^ ^"^' ^"""y '''^^'^ by an inspector of schools, be awarded a di.'oma of the hieher rank uppication for which, accompanied by the necessary evidence being made not later than two weeks before the close ot the annual session of the Normal School in June in general, candidates who have taken the prescribed' course for any rank but throu,h lack of skill in^ teaching have been awarded a diploma of lower rank, may, after three years o successful teaching, duly certified by an .nspector of schools, be advanced to the rank of the co^urse- pursued. olidays, to sate and a , from the the session ^acuity an candidates y evidence first class vidence to 'acuity at inual ses- istitute, a a College, hance the begins at It the end iy hold a bo admit- ik begins b the end begins at I the last. id Third different iisfaction ■fuse the t wholly iver than ivard an and the e year's nspector IT rank,, eceasary fore the 1 'Tune, escribed ' caching ly, after by an ! course? COMMKNTS AND 11E(;ULATI0NS. I41 Hnfptiod^S- rne'to'np""' ^' T""''^ '^''' attendance for atuute a „u«ident ..eason for wHhholtrtl. d p o"^a "'" decfru'n ar"observS ' '"'" "''" ^"^ °'^" ""^ ,. ■?!?*; students who .absent themselves from anv rin.,-. St-'tSlpCa"': ^'''"'■»"'"'>' ^P'-^'ionrayXl-b:; 205. Students of the Junior class (D) are reouirrnl fn 206. COUKSE FOK TEACHKK'S KIN DKROAKTEV DII'LOMA. [Ill the Tritro Kiiiteri/arteii.] A limited number of female students of the "A" and 'P" classes possessing natural aptitudes for kindergarten work A ^'^ P«T'**^^ *^^ ^^^'°*« themselves to this department under the direction of the Faculty of the Norl^ScToo ' specaldilmT^frrK'^?''' the prescribed cour n special diploma— that of Kin.lergartener-will be issued! 207. COURSE FOR TEACHERS AlECUAXIC .SCIENC.; DIPLOMA. [/«. fhe Mm-domid Mamml Trmnln.j School M Xom Scotia.] -ie^!. a. r,ang«f . .. will provide choiougii training in the principles 142 COMMENTS AND REGULATIONS. and practice of educational woodwork, and the attention of teachers and trustees is called to the desirability of taking advan- tage of It. I he school is equipped in the l)est possible manner, with every applicanee for the complete study and practice of the subject, and a complete hbrary bearing on it is available for the use of students Ihere are no fees for tuition, but each student will be reciuired to attend regiilarly, to give his whole time to the subject anu to sit for examination at the end of each term of the (^ourse. In awarrhng the certificates the quality of th« work done during the course will be a large factor in determining the stand- ing of the candidates. " {b) The course will be divided into two parts, elemen- tary and advanced, of three months each. Students may enter either in September or January, and may take the elementary only, or both ; but no student IS eligible for an advanced course, unless he has previously completed the elementary course. Students will be required to complete the exercises and models of the course they are taking and to pass an examination at the end. No student will be admitted to this course under the age of 18 Students are received on probation. The dirc<,tor may advise those showing little aptitude for the work, t<. discontinue the course at the end of the hrst month. (c) The work for each course will consist of (1) Draw- ing; (2) Bench Work; (3) Theory; (4) Observation and Fr;2tice. • (1) ^/am'^igr— Freehand and Mechanical Drawing- Orthographic or right-lined projection— Descriptive Snd practical geometry— Scale drawing— the use of metric system of measurement— Isometric projection and "con- ventional" drawing. (2) Bench W'orA;.— The making of exercises and models from working drawings prepared by the student, involving the use of various woods and all the principal wood- working tools ; glue, nails, screws, etc. The care and pre- paration of edge and other tools. (3) 7heory.— The history and practice of educational woodwork— the various systems— the growth and structure of coniferous and broad- leaved trees— the felling, seasoning- and conversion of timber-its faults and defects. School management— the arrangement of lessons— sequence of tool operations- nature and properties of various materials used. Construction and principles of various tools— the planning and arrangement of manual training rooms- demonstrations and object lessons. (4) Observation and Practice.~The Macdonald Town School will be open to the students for some hours each week to afford opportunities for observation, and practice in actual teaching. The examinations will consist of a paper examination in attention of taking advan- lible manner, ractice of the lilable for the each student le time to the 1 term of the hti work done ng the stand- ts, elemen- Students ^ancl may o student >s he has / course. ! exercises nd to pass t will be 8. advise those ! at the end (1) Draw- )servation rawing — >tive and f metric nd "con- d models involving al wood- and pre- ucational structure leasoning School aence of materials )ols— the rooms — Id Town ars each practice lation in COMMENTS AN'D REGULATIONS. 14^ ies7' S^tnlT;'^ ^'".f'"r'?^'^" •" ^^''^'y' ^"^ ^ practical test Students will also be required to identify various W00U9 and name them, bef.re the examiners. ^ In the advanced stage more difficult drawing, more com- plex bench work and higher theory wilt be take™ Additional practice will be given in teaching and class management, and the student may be required to liVe « lesson in the examiners' presence. ^ The models of each course will become the property of the student, provided that the course be completerl and may be taken away at the end. "pieica, and (5) During the course students are required to attend the lectures on Psychology, the History of' Education &c as^determmed by the Principal of the'^Provinoial No'rmal 208. COl'RSE FOR TEACHER'S DOMESTIC SCIE.VCE DIPLOMA. [Ill fhr Triiro Schoo/ 0/ Domestic Science.] i'l) Tliis course has been establisiied by the Board of S,.l>n,.l r> IZtlir^ J^ormal .School, and the certificates of the School gianted on the report of a Special Board of Examir e s will W recognized as qualifying pro tanio tiie holder to teach the ubiect mthe public schools of the province earning the speciaVSi or a T.r V' ^''T^' l^™^''^'^'^ ^''« ^'^"'ii'l'^te ifas a cE B License o a Teachers Pass on the Provincial Higli School Course of ,rade XI and is qualified under regulation 209 f.^uSg: ' "^ {b) Candidates for this course must be at least 18 years of age. The course of study extends over one year, and includes the following-— to 4 hours da,ly).-Composition and nutritive value of toods ; fundamental principles and processes of cookery productions of food material., such as dairy products' cerea s, &e : manipulations of foods, sacb as ffour. «%«; ^c. food adulterations; preservation of foods : cookery for rvt^rmetls'lT^ t.ble Lying, planning, cookii/and Household Chemistry and Bacteriology- CThree hours a weekX-This course will include the study of the prineipa food products, such as sugars, starches, fats pro- teids,salts,special attention being given to the changes which these bodies undergo in cooking and the tests applied to them: fermentation, putrefaction, and their prevention bv chemir-al means, sterilization, testing of milk, butter cheese water. &c ; corrosive action of food constituents, acids, &c' on utensils; chemistry of fuels and iHuminants : lecturei and mboratory work illustrating the nature of bacteria. ri a44 COMMENTS AND REGULATIONS. -methods ot isolation and recognition of species and the part v'hich they play in nature ; bacteria of air, water, ice, milk ^nd foods generally ; methods of sterilization and disinfec- tion ; relation of bacteria to disease. Physioloov, First Aids and Home Nursing: Lectures and Demonstration (12 lectures).— Anatomical and physio- logical outline, care of the body, bandages and bandagina cases oi emergencies and their immediate treatment, some Sf the common forms of poisoning and their antidotes, general care of the sick. Hygiexe and Home Sanitation: (Eighteen lectures) — General principles of hygiene, dietetics, prevention of the spread of contagious diseases, quarantine, &c., water supply disposal of waste, heating, lighting, ventilation, healthful lurnishings. &c. Laundry, Textiles, Needle- work :— (Ten lectures) — M ater, soap, blueing, starch, irons, &c., removal of stains care and laundrying of the table and wearing linen, white' and coloured prints, muslins, laces, woollens, nature of tex- tiles, needle- work. Household Economics, including Marketing and Accounts : (Five lectures),— Care of silver, glass, China care of lurniture, methods of housekeeping, cost of livin^^' buying of foods, keepi-.ig of accounts, domestic service &c°' Students in training will be required to spend pa.t of their time in observing methods of teaching, and in actual pmctiee as assistants in the Domestic Science Department ot the Truro Public Schools. ^ The Hoh.M,! is open free ..f cost to al! who hold a First Class License or a 1 eaehers Pass on the Provincial High School Course of Grade XL Others Mill be admitted by special arrangement. "wieis The cost of materials in this department will Imj lK)rne by the students in training. An acx-ount wil be kept and a statement rendered ino, h I he cost per student should not exceed two dollars per month. Se materials . ooked will be the property of the students. U«9. THK l-KKNSIN.) OK TKACIIKRS OK MAM'AI. TRAININO fK.'HOOI.S {n\ IX mkciiank; w.iknck ani. (/») in domestic hciknck. Licenses for teaching Manual Training Schools referred to in regulation 73, etc.— in Mechanic Science and Domestic Science— will be awarded by the Council of Public Instruc- tion only after the consideration of the qualifications of the candidutes (individually) as reported on and recommended by the Principal of the Provincial Normal School who shall pivsent for such consideration the diplomas certiti- rates or other vouchers of each candidate, demonstrating the prohciency of each in the subject, of the respective courses outlined in the preceding 8///7aii for diplomas and indicating the general fitness of each tofcako IntGllicpnt rnd successful charge of such schools. ^10. COMMENTS AND REGULATIONS, COtTRSE FOR TEACHER'S AGBICrLTCRAI. DIPLOMA. [In the ProriHcial School of Agriculture.] 145 ^J^l ^7^«« necessary for the teachers of Agriculture i i the schools referred to in Regulation 36 precedirshan be ScLoU?l7;i:;,fj;r''' Announcen^ents of the Provincial SCHEDULE A. Specifications of Plans for School Houses Nos. J » and 3, and Outhouse. /iWa«ion.-.Make all the necessary excavations for foundation walls, piers, etc, as shewn on dmwinT il ^Xt:t::^^ '^' ^^ '-^"^^ ^^--^ ^^-i^^ Masonry.~Bu\ld all walls and piers, as shown on nlan. vN^th good quality stone laid in l.eJt lime nortr- ^irweU bonded and earned up with a fair and even face' on boH sides, to the height shewn on drawino-s ' " ^""^'^^ Chimney to be built of good, hardrburned brick laid in bes cement mortar, and rough-plastered on the ou de Build in chimney as directed, a cast iron soot lor and frame and a 6" thimble with cover ^ Plastering -The outside walls of school-rooms to b« lathed on cleats between the studs, and rendered ^or counter-plasterecl) with a stout coat of 'mortar After th^s all walls and ceiling- are to be lathed and plastered with Sdiii^ii^i.;!-^ -^^- p'-e;.^^:-;:t:: /raming.-^ilh to be 4" x 8" ; joists, 18" on centres 2x9, and to be well bridged rafters 9" x^" 11" ' in mortm ' ' °" ''''^'''- ^''^^' ^^ ^^« I'^^'d^d All butts, joints, etc.. throughout the external woodwork Jo^elirer." '""'^' with thicl^ white-lead belore bZg'^u' %arding and Shingling.-honvi] in the external walls and sloping roofs with 1" dry stock, lay on a thickm- « "' clry paper. an' thJ^ir ham at too v^o,k Ihe teacher (a graduate of the Normal School could start one of the most responsible boy, at tl {.rt-^T and he coul.l soon trust him to take eliarge of the mom with perhaps one or two other br,v« at -. it-^ ,1,. '• : "u" oon hour. Fi.e sets of two boys'coul.l tUu^U^Z m 148 COMMENTS AND REGULATIONS. dated for one day each week, the teacher utilizing the services of the most responsible boy to take charge of the room in his absence. This charge of the work room would be a high compliment and stimulation to further exertion and good behavior in the case of each boy so honored. With a little preliminary direction for a few minutes every day, the teacher could thus in most school sections set a boy to improve himself and others in manual work which might be used to a considerable extent in supplying the school with home-made apparatus. It might save a pupil from the ennui of an hour in which he could not otherwise profitably amuse himself. It may save him from mischief and from being a torment to the .school and the teacher; for it often happens that the boy with no literary tastes may be a most deft genius as a workman or an artist, and this side of his school life may help to put him in harmony with the other side. The list of tools given in Regulation 53, page 79, is the full set. A home-made bench and a portion of the tools — the most useful — would be a very satisfactory equipment for most schools. It is believed that under a good teacher, such a room would soon pay the cost of it to the trustees, in the repairs which the boys could effect while amusing and training themselves. 9. The books in the school library could be used very eftectivelj^ as supplementary readers. A pupil doing advanced work in a common school could repay the extra attention which the teacher might be giving him by taking a class into the class-room, and selecting an interest- ing and classical story, a paragraph of which might be read in succession by each pupil in the class from the one book, those without the book following the reader intently to get the whole story. This same exercise could be turned into a good exercise in English composition by requiring each pupil to write his own account of the story as he understood it. Such exercises taken regularly would soon give a fluency of expression in writing to pupils who otherwise might ac(juire it only after many years. itilizing the large of the room would lier exertion so honored, nutes every actions set a ivork which pplying the iave a jjupil 3t otherwise )m mischief he teacher; srary tastes I artist, and in harmony Regulation ench and a be a very is believed )on pay the h the boys Ives. B used very upil doing y the extra g him by an interest- i might be om the one ler intently i be turned 7 requiring itory as he would soon )upils who COMMENTS AND REGULATIONS. •149 Rural School House No. 1. *-- .1 ■3 ^ o I • ( \%. -u I I) t> » "^ '® Bedford "Row v •M:i^^S!^ Pi A a) «) Q f 152 COMMENTS AND REGULATIONS. > < u « J) • > * o > Hi ti Q • « COMMENTS AND REGULATIONS. « r I t • « (N -^ J « 153 ^ » , ? • H • - , To.P^C :^ «5 *l •» - s r t K a 1 1 1 ■ 1 ;> 1: &..• ■ *! H ^Hi M ^"'^ r ii!i =§ -J -n , t :.~ ' H • 4 < H "^ 1 """ ^V -«[ 1 X U .=1 4 / J ;=- 1 "1 n > n 1 1 . ■ J I c 1 ^ ■1 fl 'CO d o Hi & 154 COMMENTS AND REGULATIONS. zn : r.c T 1 — n t 1 (l< 3: i! c/3 rrn ".a -t«»D «i-'o =?; ■ r/..,c o L__ _i_ " n p __i J r n fV. - - . JET 1 — rt r( 1 It ' 1 ^ 1 ■ ■» ■>^ > )r- COMMENTS AND REGULATIOXS. 155 torn' 8 a Im» ) •c ) ) H > id »: n o : «3 156 COMMENTS AND REGULATIONS. 9v O I i > * n S c ) 01 A- O ■a K^ » It Q K a u) 10 Q ^ COMMENTS AND REGULATIONS. 157 ; its" I I ^^ : i S* i I 1° : 5 S"§ : a- i« : a: o ■ *a 9tlU90n JO MD|0 =C o ^ ^ s, ^ o -N M ts fH !■*. ^ P2 O J* &^ '^ ^ V o O I— I I-] O, o o o PC »■ - -" f c « «' ■iiaa jspuii aaj H CE CL, O a ^ is If o < - I B a a o ■■e d o OS 0. cs •40J panddfi spwo I 5 ^ OJ > -, iC 2 : o es 2 ao® s> . c •" o; « >, • • »• w , . ■ no S*-t> . « . . S n aOT'- • • i^^P • • • « i' A Oi =^ : :5 2 3 .;:• : :or"a« : i-gSa.^ : et £ = S t 1:2 <1 : :|^2ir« ■ • x: o c^ . — ^ ■«-> o ■ • • * S^i ' • ' fe °=2 - • f— CI "O ' •^i! « c •> -■ffl ;c g o « -S g £ u *"■ 4) — C C — o US ~ 'D.S * as ft 2 « eta X ■§ 2a c S « >- a ■< o Q SB < o Ed P 3 ■" — — , a" H J = -•" *T3 2 •r o 08 £ c ^ = « 8 ' a . ** ■— ~e s "^ c ■< H--5 2. «*3 ;ofi ■ON id El l^'S (U.S. c> o . •> •K-2.2 ^ O w J) * -S S " wage ert b H V ^ u 5 o K A r- *" ,-i: »o I. 4> 15« COMMENTS AND REGULATIONS. APPENDIX. AN ACT REI.ATINO TO THK ITBUC SCHOOLS OF THE flTY OK HALIFAX. (Passed 4th day of April, 1901 ) folfowl*— ^^^^"^ ^^ ^^^ Governor, Council and Assembly, as .u^' ''I'^u^/*^^ °^ Halifax shall be one school section, and there shall be twelve Commissioners of Schools for such City appointed, SIX by the Governor-in-Council, and six by the City Council as in this Act provided; and the twelve Commisnoners thus appointed shall constitute a Board of School Commissioners for the City of Halifax, and such Joard shall be a body corporate under the name of the Koard ot School Commissioners for the City of Halifax and subject to the provisions of this Act shall have all the' powers and perform all the duties conferred and imposed upon Irustees and Commissioners of Schools by the Mucation Act, Chapter 52, the Revised Statutes. 1900. 2. The six Commissioners appointed by the Governor- m-Council shall hold office during the period of three years, the two senior Commissioners retiring on the first day ot November of each and every year; and the Uovernor-in-Council shall appoint two persons to fill the p^ces of the two retiring Commissioners, who shall hold office tor three years. . ^;, .?'^®.^°'"™'^'^«'0"ejs appointed by the City Council shall likewise hold office during the period of three years the two senior Commissioners retiring on the first day of November in each and every ye.r; and the City Council on the hrst day of November of each year, or as soon there- after as conveniently may be, shall appoint two persons to fiold office tor three years, to fill the places of the two retiring Commissioners. 4. Any such Commissioner, whether appointed by the Governor-in-Council or the City Council shall be eligible tor re-appointnient to the Board for a second term of three years, but not for a third term until the expiration of twelve monthn from the time of his going out of office. 5. Any extraordinary vacancy in the Board caused by death, resignation, removal from the city, refusal or inability to act, or other causes, shall be filled by a person appointed by the body or authority who .-hail have appointed the pe.son causing the vacancy to hold office for the unexpired term of the person so causing such vacancy. O If fr< m any cause all or any of the persons to be COMxMENTS AND REGULATIONS. 15i> appointed, either by the Governor-in-Council ov by the City Council under the prorisions of this Chapter shall not Swf^;! fnf H^ ^T appointed shall not act, it shall be lawtul for the Commissioners who may have been appointed and consented to act, to act until the vacancTe" so existing shall be filled up. vacancies oul* ^* ^'ir ^'^^ ,meeting of the Board in November in whoiT-f^7'^''" ^^'''^ ^^'^'■^^^" ^"^1 vice-chairman who shall, if they continue to be members of such Board remain ,n office until their successors are appointed. ' .nf^f ?^u "" ^''^^ appointment of the Commissioners Z P. '"^ T'"*^ appointments shall be published in sue\''a^;o^i„t:Jl^^ "^" ''' conveniently may be after 9 The Board of Commi.^sioners shall have rower bv resolution or otherwise, to apportion to each Ld ex'erv school or department, an area from which the pupils residing within such area may attend such school ^or department: and such Board shall take all the necelsa^y Jteps to provide sufficient school accommodHtion, and .shall renorf.f'.?"'"^ '' f^' Superintendent of Education a report o their proceedings under this Act; also returns of all schools subjer-t to their control, and a .statement of the appropriation of all moneys received and expended by them under the provisions of this Act and the Education Act. nniu'f ^'\tVr Commissioners are authorized to co- ten^s LTo H ^r'^"'?'"i!T ^"^^ ^^■'^">' ^'ty school on such terms as to the Board shall seem rioht and proper, so that the benehs of such school may be as general as circum- stances will permit; and the Board may make such allowance to any .such school out of the fun)uncil. The iJoard shall also have power to renew existing leases COMMENTS AND REGULATIONS. 161 14. To enable the commissioners to borrow monr thev may issue debentures in such form and for such sums as they decide upon, payable with interest in twentv-five years from the date thereof, free from taxation; such debentures to be a charge on the city of Halifax, and the interest thereon to be paid every six month.s, and to be included in the sum specified and required to he rat -d upon the inhabitants of the city as aforesaid. The .lebentures sha be sealed with the Corporate seal of the Boar " " General. Kmpire Day Evening Schools , Examination, County Academy. . '* High School Stutlen M. 1>. Q. Optional in M usic . Rules. . . . . Stations . ts Exemption from Sectional School iVate s " -M "•>'<; Expulsion of Pupils. . '.'.'./.'.'.'. ''.-'*, -o, 36 »7 101 10;^ lOfi 106 81 86 99 94 90 8G 2« 16 C3- General Prescriptions—Course of Study i m Government Night Schools ..o ,A, Grants to be withheld ".'.".'.".'.'.".' ".'.'.'.'.'."."'.'.'.'. 30 Halifax, Act relaring to City of . . . ,r.u Health ... ' '-^^ High School Pass ■••.".".".'.".".','.".'.■.■..,■.'.■.■.■.■. gg 9? IT.',' C'oursc of Study- Special Prcscripticma .. 1^7 Holidays and Vacations " " yA Inspectorial Divisions < P„ Inspectors of Schools .,, • "'" 'l"*'^^ «f 27, 28, 58, /,9 32, 80 . 81 . 83 32, 33 . 145 . 109 . 118 . 119 . 120 . 121 . 122 . 110 . 116 . 115 36, o9 IS, 3+ . 61 6, 56 13, CO V> .. 7 . . 84 . . 124 .... 36 . . . . 37 . .. 101 . ... 103 . ... 106 . . . . 106 . . 5, 81 . . . . 86 . . . . 99 . . . . 94 , . . 90 . . . . 86 i, 25, 2« . .. 16 .. 158 .. 16 89, 9.^^ .. 127 .. 99 INDEX. I Institutes, Divisional . . Interpretation of Terms Journal of Education Libraries, School License, Application Form . " Conditions of . . . . " Temporary Licensing of Teacliers 3yc Manual Training Halifax and Truro . ** I*!iA ment for Instruction in Matriculation, University Mechanic Science Miscellaneous School, Course of Study Time Table Mode of Support of Schools ivi. P. Q. Examination and Certificates Municipal School Fund '.Ml apportionment of Music, Optional Kxamination Narcotics Night Schools . Normal School 3^ Abstract of Course of Study Entrance Domestic Science Diploma . . --,7 I'rcacriptions, (General, Course of Study . " ' *, ,n vSpecial, '« V..: 2 rnncipal of f,choo!8 an ,•1 «o Provincial Aid ^"' ,' ,' «« " Class A Teachers '. '. ". ". '. ■'.■.'..'.■.■.■.■.■,■.'.;■.. ' ,^^ " Kxamination HiKh School Students u« Examiniition Rules ', \ go Examiners